https://wikien.escortsensors.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=VLADISLAVEscort Knowledge Base - User contributions [en]2026-07-13T03:31:49ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.41.0https://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=BA-BLE&diff=2010BA-BLE2026-04-17T08:28:55Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* MODBUS */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:BA-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:BA-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:BA-BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current BA-BLE design</big>''']]<br />
'''ADAPTER BA-BLE 5.0 LR''' (hereinafter - '''BA-BLE''' adapter, base, device) is designed to receive and process data from connected wireless measuring devices (up to 10 pieces) and wireless tags (up to 30 pieces), output information to mobile application via Bluetooth wireless channel, work with navigation terminal (tracker) via '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocol using '''RS-232''' and '''RS-485''' interfaces.<br />
<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932 datasheet]<br />
<br />
'''BA-BLE''' adapter is used in monitoring of various objects where wireless measuring and/or indication devices are installed and where it is necessary to transfer information from them to the control device.<br />
<br />
Examples of '''BA-BLE''' applications:<br />
<br />
* Monitoring vehicle fuel consumption in conjunction with a wireless fuel level sensor «'''[[TD-BLE]]'''» and «'''[[TD-150-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Measurement of humidity, temperature with sensor «'''[[TH-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Control of position in space of parts and mechanisms of special equipment (measurement of rotation angle, rotation speed, etc.) by means of a sensor «'''[[DU-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Tag location control «'''[[ID-TAG]]'''». Friend and foe systems, trailer equipment control, etc.<br />
<br />
Learn more about these devices on [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ our website].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to BA-BLE</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).<br />
<br />
Start the configurator. Enable '''bluetooth''', geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to '''Geolocation'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''Sensor settings button'''. Afterwards, select '''BA-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE selection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required adapter by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the case.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.<br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional features.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE password set.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<big><u>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE IS VERY TIME-INTENSIVE. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH TO SELECTING YOUR PASSWORD AND MAINTAINING ITS SAFETY.</u></big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main parameters</big>''' ==<br />
After connecting to the BA-BLE, you will see the main menu.<br />
<br />
[[File:Main parameters BA-BLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# BA-BLE serial number<br />
# Firmware version (hereinafter '''FW''')<br />
# Connected sensors and their current readings<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor connection</big>''' =<br />
To connect sensors in the main menu of '''BA-BLE''' press “'''+'''” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE adding device.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click delete and then disable.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TD_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 setting.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 NetAdd.png|frameless|562x562px]]a<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE transmitted parameters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To remove a paired sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-150-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-150-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TW_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-150-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>DU-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect DU-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( DU_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless|464x464px]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters DU-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TH-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TH-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TH_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE set NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TH-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Configuring ID TAG Transmission</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE has the functionality of accepting and transmitting ID-TAG tags and applying a variety of filters to customize such systems as friend or foe, trailer equipment control, etc. <br />
<br />
[[ID-TAG|The ID-TAG tag setting is described in this manual.]]<br />
<br />
The basic principle of operation, the tag transmits a data packet with its ID ('''PING''') every specified period, BA-BLE reads all the transmission data and calculates the signal strength, after all seen transmissions fall into the memory of BA-BLE to pass the filters, if the tag transmissions pass all the specified filters it falls on the issuing queue on RS-485 where the tag ID will be transmitted according to the period of zeroing the queue.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuring RS-485 transmission</big>''' ==<br />
To configure RS-485 tag issuance, go to the “'''Reader'''” tab ('''1''') and click on “'''RS-485'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
In the opened window you can configure “'''LLS address'''”(3) to which ID tags will be issued and “'''Reset period'''”(4) of issuing, it can be set 30-600 seconds. Reset period is the period for which the tag passed filtering will be transmitted via RS-485, that is, if the reset period is 120 seconds, the tag once passed filtering will be transmitted for two minutes via RS-485.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-485 configuration.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Customizing filters</big>''' ==<br />
To configure the tag reception filters, go to the “'''Reader'''” menu (1) and press “'''Filtering'''” (2)<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE ID tag filtration page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter by tag ID</big>''' ===<br />
To add a filter by Major and Minor tag ID, click “'''Add to the list'''” (1) and enter the Major and/or Minor tag IDs (2).<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE Major-Minor filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Up to 30 of these filters can be added.'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE maj-min several filters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
With this filter you can filter by group (Major ID) or individually bind up to 30 tags.<br />
<br />
We recommend that you set a common group (Major ID) for all tags working with this database and add this group to the filter.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the labels by signal strength (proximity).<br />
<br />
To add, turn on the filter('''1''') and set the signal strength('''2''') to dBm '''with a minus'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To set the correct RSSI filter, place the base and tag in the operating position, disable the filters and go to the main menu of the reader and view the average RSSI('''1''') value of the desired tag over many measurements.<br />
<br />
[[File:Change of RSSI BA-BLE tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Also for correct operation of this filter it is desirable to use a '''filter timer''' and on the mark it is desirable to set a frequent transmission, for example, '''every second'''. <br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Timer</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is necessary to sort tags by time of being in the reception radius, the number of appearances (pings) of the tag filtered by ID and signal strength (RSSI) for a set period of time. <br />
<br />
To add it, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of ping('''2''') and time window('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter timer.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
It is recommended to set the number of occurrences slightly less than half of the number of sends to the tag, that is, if the tag sends every second and the filter for 50 seconds the number of occurrences should be set to 24.<br />
<br />
Also the period of RS-485 zeroing should be slightly longer than the timer time window.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Active Tags</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is required to sort by the number of accepted tags.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter active tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter max</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the tags with the best reception.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags with the best signal('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter max.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Example of work</big>''' ==<br />
Example: tags with ID Major:1 Minor:100 and Major:1 Minor:200 transmit data every second, first tag with ID 100 approached BA-BLE reader for 30 seconds and after 15 seconds tag with ID 200, the reader has filters: on Major:1, RSSI -70 dBm (filtering by signal strength/approximation) and Timer for 15 appearances (pings) in 30 seconds, RS-485 settings: Address 1, zeroing period 60 seconds. After 15 appearances of the tag with ID 100 with RSSI -70 dBm and better it passed filtering and began to transmit its ID on RS-485 (each request LLS returns with a level of 100 and temperature 1) after another 15 seconds, the tag with ID 200 also passes filtering and gets into the queue for issuance, and begins simultaneous transmission of two tags (one request LLS response with a level of 100 and temperature 1 and the second request LLS response with a level of 200 and temperature 1) so continues until each individual ID will not be transmitted during the zeroing period (60 seconds).<br />
<br />
This example is in Navtelecom telemetry:<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE and ID-tag example.gif|frameless|583x583px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting to a GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE wires.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Examples of data output</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
RS-485 port parameters <br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>LLS</big>''' ===<br />
Example of data reception in Navtlecom telemetry<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE output example.png|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
# Level and temperature TD-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.7V) and RSSI -50dBm TD-BLE<br />
# Level and temperature TD-150-BLE<br />
# Tilt angle degree and event DU-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -38dBm DU-BLE<br />
# Temperature (26.8 °C) and humidity (18%) TH-BLE<br />
# Illumination (132 Lux) and hall sensor activity (no activity) TH-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -59dBm TH-BLE<br />
# discrete input trip (1 not active, 2 active) TH-BLE<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via LLS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:LLS communication log.png|frameless|320x320px]]<br />
<br />
31 01 06 6C - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 6C - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 01 06 15 01 00 00 00 EB - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 15 - temperature in HEX (21°C)<br />
* 01 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 01 (level 1)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* EB - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
31 02 06 39 - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 39 - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 02 06 CE 25 00 00 00 FC - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* CE - temperaute in HEX (-50°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 206 is 206-256 -50°C<br />
* 25 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 25 (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* FC - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>MODBUS</big>''' ===<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via MODBUS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:MODBUS communication log.png|frameless|462x462px]]<br />
<br />
01 03 00 00 00 04 44 09 - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 44 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 09 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
01 03 08 15 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 55 35 - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* 15 - Temperature HEX (21°C)<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 01 - Low byte of HEX level<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 55 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 35 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 45 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EB - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 08 E0 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 93 EE - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* E0 - Температура HEX (-32°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 224 is 224-256 -32°C<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 25 - Low byte of HEX level (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 93 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EE - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-232</big>''' ==<br />
RS-232 port parameters<br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Passive'''</big> ===<br />
To receive RS-232 data in LLS and MODBUS format as query responses, you must:<br />
<br />
* Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set “periodic data output is disabled”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 passive modes.jpg|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Request and response format as in [[BA-BLE#RS-485|RS-485 polling method]], addresses according to RS-485 output settings<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Active output modes'''</big> ===<br />
To enable active output in advance, select the required parameters in the RS-232 output settings in the BA-BLE sensor connection menu.<br />
<br />
*Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set the desired output mode and save<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 active mode.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]] <br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of total level and average temperature from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is necessary when connecting several units installed in different tanks (double tank equipment).<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 data format.png|frameless|281x281px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 15 is 21°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 1491 is 5265<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of averaged level and temperature values from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is required when connecting multiple units installed in the same tank<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 average level.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 14 is 20°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 0A48 is 2632<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of each TD sensor separately</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, data from all connected fuel level sensors are output separately for each period<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 separate data format.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - CNT, 5E26 is 24102, 6015 is 24597<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 11 is 17°C, 17 is 23°C<br />
<br />
N - Level, 0FFF is 4095, 0492 is 1170<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of all linked sensors via lls protocol</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, one pair of parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line, the transmitted parameter is selected in the sensor connection settings.<br />
<br />
[[File:Data of all sensors via LLS protocol.png|frameless|971x971px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of all parameters of the connected sensors</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, all parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line.<br />
<br />
[[File:Output of all parameters from all sensors.png|frameless|910x910px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, DEC numeric values<br />
<br />
UT* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For TW-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - temperaute<br />
<br />
LM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - Illumination Lux<br />
<br />
UH* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity %<br />
<br />
HS* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - hall sensor activity<br />
<br />
UL* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - level<br />
* For TW-BLE - level<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity % without a decimal point<br />
<br />
UN* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
UM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - discrete input trip<br />
<br />
UP* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
VB*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TH-BLE - battery voltage<br />
<br />
RS*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TW-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For DU-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TH-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE firmware update gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the BA-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory. The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase the download section]<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
* Go to “ Additional features”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional Features FW.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Go to firmware update mode<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update finish.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase downloads section]<br />
<br />
'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=200123162216 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/?product=adapterbable#adapterbable Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* [[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|<big>'''Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices'''</big>]]</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=Anemometer_Sokol-A&diff=1951Anemometer Sokol-A2026-04-14T11:26:25Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{DISPLAYTITLE:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A}}<br />
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A}}<br />
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A}}<br />
[[File:Sokol-A main anemometer.png|thumb|384x384px|The current model of the '''Sokol-A''' anemorumbometer]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Definition and Purpose of Sokol-A'''</big> =<br />
The '''SOKOL-A''' anemorumbometer (hereinafter referred to as the '''Product, SOKOL-A''') is designed to remotely measure '''instantaneous, maximum, and average airflow''' '''(wind)''' '''speeds''' and '''direction''', and to transmit this data to a server (for viewing via the specialized '''Sokol Analytics software''').<br />
<br />
The operating principle of the sensors for the various measurement channels of the '''SOKOL-A''' anemometer is described below:<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+<br />
!Measured parameter<br />
!Principle of operation<br />
|-<br />
|'''Wind speed'''<br />
|Based on the conversion of the airflow speed into the rotational motion of the shaft with а set of cups that is detected and measured by means of the Hall sensor<br />
|-<br />
|'''Wind/Airflow direction'''<br />
|Based on the conversion of the wind vane's angle of rotation into an electrical signal using а magnetic rotation angle recorder (encoder)<br />
|}<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Measured characteristics<br />
! colspan="2" |Name of characteristic<br />
!Characteristic value<br />
|-<br />
| rowspan="4" |'''Wind speed'''<br />
|Airflow velocity measurement range, m/s<br />
|from 1 to 60<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum permissible absolute error for airflow velocity measurements: in the range from 1 to 5 m/s;<br />
|± 0,5m/s<br />
|-<br />
|Permissible relative error limit for airflow velocity measurements: in the range above 5 m/s<br />
|± 10 %<br />
|-<br />
|Resolution, m/s<br />
|0,1<br />
|-<br />
| rowspan="3" |'''Wind/Airflow direction'''<br />
|Airflow direction measurement range, degrees<br />
|from 0 to 360<br />
|-<br />
|Limits of permissible absolute error in airflow direction measurements, degrees<br />
|± 3<br />
|-<br />
|Resolution, degrees<br />
|1<br />
|}<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://sokolmeteo.ru/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/pasport_oborudovaniya_anemorumbometr_sokol_a_880.pdf technical data sheet of the device]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Device construction'''</big> =<br />
The '''SOKOL-A''' anemorumbometer consists of a '''SOKOL-A wing''' '''(1), a wind vane (2), and an anemometer (3)'''<br />
<br />
'''<u>(figure 1):</u>'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A construction.png|center|frameless|744x744px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Assembly and Installation of the Sokol-A Anemorumbometer'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== '''Assembly of the anemometer''' ==<br />
Assemble the anemometer in the following order: '''Place the skirt (3)''' onto the anemometer '''shaft (2)''', which is located at the top of the '''stand (1)'''. There are '''3 slots''' on the top of the skirt for attaching the '''anemometer cups (4)'''. Insert the cups into the skirt, then place the '''cover (5)''' on top as shown in '''Figure 4''' and tighten the '''screw (6)''' into the cover hole with a maximum torque of '''0.5 N·m.'''<br />
[[File:Anemometer of the Sokol-A.png|center|frameless|695x695px]]<br />
'''1) Stand'''<br />
<br />
'''2) Shaft'''<br />
<br />
'''3) Skirt'''<br />
<br />
'''4) Anemometer cups'''<br />
<br />
'''5) Cover'''<br />
<br />
'''6) Screw'''<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Installation of a wind vane and anemometer on the Sokol-A wing'''</big> ==<br />
Attach the '''wind vane (1)''' and the '''anemometer (2) to the wing (3)''' as shown in '''<u>Figure 5</u>''', and secure the assembly using the '''nuts (4)'''. Secure the '''nuts (4)''' with the clamps included in the mounting kit, inserting them into the hole in the wing and the nut, as shown in '''<u>Figure 5a.</u>'''<br />
[[File:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A.png|center|frameless|708x708px]]<br />
[[File:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A 2.png|center|frameless|637x637px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installing an anemorumbometer on the mast</big>''' ==<br />
Mount the '''anemorumbometer (1)''' on the '''mast (2)''' as shown in '''Figure 6''', and secure the assembly using the '''mounting bracket (3)''', '''washers (4), and nuts (5).'''<br />
[[File:Anemorumbometer Sokol-A 3.png|center|frameless|653x653px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Installation diagram for the '''Sokol-A''' at the weather station placement:<br />
[[File:Sokol-A weather station placement.png|center|frameless|774x774px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Pinout, connection, configuration, operation.'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Pinout Diagram for Sokol-A/Sokol-AN'''</big> ==<br />
'''The RS-485''' connector pinout diagram for the '''Sokol-A''' is shown in '''Figure 3''':<br />
[[File:Sokol-A pinout 1.png|center|frameless|614x614px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Before mounting the unit on the mast, connect the '''wind vane, anemometer''', and '''RS-485''' interface to the transducer as shown in '''Figure 8'''. '''Figure 8''' shows the connection terminals, where '''<u>1 is the connector for the wind vane</u>''', '''<u>2 is the RS-485 сonnector,</u>''' and '''<u>3 is the сonnector for the anemometer.</u>'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A pinout 2.png|center|frameless|667x667px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''1''' - '''Wind vane connection'''<br />
<br />
'''2 -''' '''RS-485''' connection<br />
<br />
'''3''' - '''Anemometer''' connection<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>Pinout of the extension cable for Sokol-A:</u>'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A pinout 3.png|center|frameless|570x570px]]<br />
Example of the wiring diagram for the '''Sokol-AN version of the anemorumbometer (winter model)''' with a heating element:<br />
[[File:Sokol-A pinout 4.png|center|frameless|702x702px]]<br />
'''1''' - Connecting the '''wind vane'''<br />
<br />
'''2''' - Connecting the '''anemometer'''<br />
<br />
'''3''' - Connecting the '''RS-485'''<br />
<br />
'''4''' - Connecting the '''heater power supply'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>Pinout of the extension cable for Sokol-AN:</u>'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A pinout 5.png|center|frameless|637x637px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting the anemorumbometer to the Sokol-K1 controller</big>''' ==<br />
'''The Sokol-A (1)''' anemometer is connected to the '''Sokol-K1 TEMG.469413.004''' controller via the '''M23 TEMG.685631.003 (2)''' '''extension cable''', which is included in the delivery set as shown in '''Figure 19.''' Connection to the '''Sokol-K1''' controller enables the transmission of data collected by '''the anemorumbometer''' over a distance of '''up to 8 km'''. Connect the '''extension cable''' to '''the appropriate RS-485 connector''' on the '''anemorumbometer converter,''' route the cable through the cable '''coupling (3)''' of the '''computing unit (4)''', and connect it to the '''Sokol-K1 TEMG controller. 467239.004 (5)''' via the '''Sokol-A''' '''connector''' as shown in '''Figure 20.'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A+Sokol-K1 1.png|center|frameless|570x570px]]<br />
[[File:Sokol-A+Sokol-K1 2.png|center|frameless|574x574px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Connection and setup via a PC.'''</big> ==<br />
You can connect the '''anemorumbometer''' directly to a '''PC.''' If you connect it to a '''PC''' to display '''wind direction and speed data''', you must use '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/Sokol_Monitor.zip Sokol Analytics] or [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/%D0%9A%D0%BE%D0%BD%D1%84%D0%B8%D0%B3%D1%83%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%BE%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20%D0%A1%D0%9E%D0%9A%D0%9E%D0%9B-%D0%9C.zip Sokol CFG]'''. Additionally, for '''Sokol CFG''' to function properly, you must install this '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154504 package of system components]''', as well as the '''appropriate driver version for your RS-485 converter, depending on the model you are using.'''<br />
<br />
'''<u>Bolid C2000-USB - [https://bolid.ru/production/s2000-usb.html#download Download link]</u>'''<br />
<br />
'''<u>Escort C200M converter - [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 Download link]</u>'''<br />
<br />
'''<u>Escort C200M2 converter - [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 Download link]</u>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
The connection diagram for the '''Sokol-A to a PC''' is shown in '''Figures 10a and 10b'''. ('''The Escort C200-M2 converter (4)''' must be purchased separately for the connection shown in '''Figure 10a'''.)<br />
[[File:Sokol-A + PC connection scheme 1.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]<br />
[[File:Sokol-A + PC connection scheme 2.png|center|frameless|654x654px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sokol-A + Sokol CFG'''</big> ==<br />
Install the '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/%D0%9A%D0%BE%D0%BD%D1%84%D0%B8%D0%B3%D1%83%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%BE%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20%D0%A1%D0%9E%D0%9A%D0%9E%D0%9B-%D0%9C.zip Sokol CFG]''' software as follows:<br />
<br />
− download the '''[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/%D0%9A%D0%BE%D0%BD%D1%84%D0%B8%D0%B3%D1%83%D1%80%D0%B0%D1%82%D0%BE%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20%D0%A1%D0%9E%D0%9A%D0%9E%D0%9B-%D0%9C.zip Sokol CFG]''' software;<br />
<br />
− Run the '''setup_Sokol CFG.exe file;'''<br />
<br />
− Follow the '''on-screen instructions''' during installation;<br />
<br />
− Launch the '''Sokol CFG''' software.[[File:Sokol-A + CFG 1.png|center|frameless|667x667px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In the standalone software '''window,''' select '''the COM port''' to which the '''Sokol-A''' anemorumbometer is connected.<br />
<br />
'''<u>If the port is not listed, follow these steps:</u>'''<br />
<br />
− Open '''Device Manager''' on your computer;<br />
<br />
− In the Ports '''(COM and LPT) section,''' open the properties of the '''<u>STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (C200M2) virtual COM port</u>''' (if there are '''no devices''' with these names in the list, '''<u>check that the driver for your converter is installed);</u>'''<br />
<br />
− '''Manually set the port''' number within the range '''COM2–COM10;'''<br />
<br />
− '''Restart''' the anemorumbometer by reconnecting the transducer’s USB cable to the PC; − '''Reopen''' the '''Sokol CFG''' program and select the configured COM port; − '''<u>Click the “Open Port” button.</u>'''<br />
[[File:Device manager 2.png|center|frameless|687x687px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Once successfully connected to the '''software''', the '''"Sensors"''' tab will display '''readings''' from the anemometer. These include '''key meteorological parameters''': '''<u>wind direction and wind speed.</u>'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A + CFG 2.png|center|frameless|710x710px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''The serial number and software version''' are displayed on the '''left.'''<br />
[[File:CFG Version 1.png|center|frameless|722x722px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The '''"Server"''' tab displays '''the Modbus network address''' of the anemorumbometer '''(Modbus field).'''<br />
[[File:Sokol-A + CFG 3.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sokol-A + Sokol Analytics</big>''' ==<br />
To use the standalone [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/Sokol_Monitor.zip '''Sokol Analytics'''] software, follow these steps:<br />
<br />
− '''Download''' the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/Sokol_Monitor.zip '''Sokol Analytics'''] software;<br />
<br />
− Run the '''sokolanalytics_262c.exe file;'''<br />
<br />
− Follow the on-screen instructions during installation. Launch the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/meteo-kontrol/sokol-m/Sokol_Monitor.zip '''Sokol Analytics'''] software, and a '''window will open.'''<br />
[[File:Сокол-А Analytics 12.png|center|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In this '''window''', click the '''"Connect"''' button and enable '''polling for the Sokol-A device'''.<br />
[[File:Сокол-А Analytics 13.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Next, the '''Sokol-A device polling window will open.''' You will need to '''configure the polling settings.'''<br />
<br />
- Select the correct '''COM port''' assigned to '''your converter.'''<br />
<br />
- Set the '''required network address''' for polling the '''Sokol-A.''' The '''Sokol-A network''' address can be set, changed, or checked in the '''Sokol CFG program'''. '''<u>By default, the Sokol-A anemometer is set to network address 1.</u>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Set the required''' polling interval.<br />
<br />
- '''Enable/disable''' the '''automatic''' launch of the survey when '''Sokol Analytics starts.'''<blockquote><br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>''Important! After changing the network address on the "Sokol-A" anemometer in the Sokol CFG program, the displayed network address may not update, but the change will take effect.''</u>'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Сокол-А Analytics 14.png|center|frameless|730x730px]]<br />
[[File:Сокол-А Analytics 15.png|center|frameless|744x744px]]<br />
After configuring the '''survey,''' you must <u>'''save your changes'''</u>. You will then return to the main '''Sokol-A survey window'''. At this point, you can move '''the slider to the ON position''' to '''start the Sokol-A anemometer survey.'''<br />
[[File:Analytics Sokol-A 5.png|center|frameless|736x736px]]<br />
<blockquote>You can also export a report from the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dXHYyUb6AepHbNffyHvMZt38uhuW1k6DUjKSh21Y-MI/edit?tab=t.0 Sokol Analytics program]. Instructions for using Sokol Analytics/exporting a report.</blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting Sokol-A to third-party devices. Polling Sokol-A via Modbus.</big>''' =<br />
To connect the '''Sokol-A''' to any '''<u>external device</u>''' other than a '''Sokol-M weather station or a Sokol-K controller,''' you must ensure that the '''external device''' is capable of:<br />
<br />
* Operating with an '''RS-485 interface;'''<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 specifications:'''<br />
<br />
- Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
- Data size: 8<br />
<br />
- Stop bits: 1<br />
<br />
- Parity: None<br />
<br />
* Query devices via the '''ModBUS RTU''' protocol by addressing various network addresses;<br />
<br />
The '''Sokol-A address (default: 1)''' can be changed:<br />
<br />
The device’s primary address can be changed in the '''SokolCFG program.''' To do this, connect the device to a '''PC''' using an '''RS485-USB interface converter''', open the converter’s '''COM port''' in the '''program,''' and in the '''Server section,''' click the '''“Set”''' button to set a '''new address''' in the lower-right corner.<blockquote>'''<u>''Important! When using multiple devices simultaneously (for example, Sokol-A and Sokol-TDV), you must assign different network addresses to each of them.''</u>'''</blockquote><blockquote>'''<u>''Important! The program may not display the address change in its interface, but this does not mean that the address has not been changed.''</u>'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Sokol-A CFG 5.png|center|frameless|704x704px]]<br />
[[File:Sokol-A CFG 6.png|center|frameless|703x703px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Polling Sokol-A via Modbus example</big>''' ==<br />
To poll the '''Sokol-A''', you must request '''4 registers.'''<br />
<br />
'''Register 0''' - (uint16) instantaneous '''wind speed''' * 10 = '''<u>153, corresponding to 15.3 m/s</u>'''<br />
<br />
'''Register 1''' - (uint16) instantaneous '''wind direction''' value - '''<u>118, corresponding to 118 degrees</u>'''<br />
<br />
'''Register 2''' - (uint16) '''1-minute average wind''' speed * 10 - '''<u>223, corresponding to 22.3 m/s</u>'''<br />
<br />
'''Register 3''' - (uint16) '''1-minute average wind direction''' - '''<u>327, corresponding to 327 degrees</u>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>Example command for Sokol-A (network address 3):</u>'''<br />
<br />
03 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB<br />
<br />
03 – device address;<br />
<br />
03 – command type;<br />
<br />
00 00 – the register number starting from which the requested number of registers is read;<br />
<br />
00 07 - number of registers requested;<br />
<br />
45 EB - checksum with byte inversion;<br />
<br />
'''<u>Пример ответа:</u>'''<br />
<br />
Example response:<br />
<br />
03 03 08 79 4A 00 4D 03 2A 00 4D 7F 52<br />
<br />
03 - device address;<br />
<br />
03 - command type;<br />
<br />
08 - number of bytes transmitted; <br />
<br />
79 4A - instantaneous wind speed (4A 79 or 19065/1000=19.06 m/s)<br />
<br />
00 4D - instantaneous wind direction (77°)<br />
<br />
03 2A - 1-minute average wind speed (2A03 or 10755/1000=10.7 m/s)<br />
<br />
00 4D - 1-minute average wind direction (77°)<br />
<br />
7F 52 - checksum with byte inversion;<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1rg5RttMdzh1tCcdQlvu6ZEEKc_U38TNq/view <big>Wiring Diagrams for Sokol-A/Sokol-AN (RUS)</big>]'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1jJLwdr4-BIl_CgTYgZPuD5tbBpJfzkjAUboyO3MDLrI/edit?tab=t.0 Description of the Sokol-A Register Protocol (including AIST and GRIF) (RUS)]</big>''' <br />
* '''<big>[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dXHYyUb6AepHbNffyHvMZt38uhuW1k6DUjKSh21Y-MI/edit?usp=sharing Sokol Analytics User Guide (RUS)]</big>'''<br />
{{DEFAULTSORT:Anemorumbometer_Sokol-A}}<br />
{{DEFAULTSORT:Anemorumbometer_Sokol-A}}</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=BA-BLE&diff=1898BA-BLE2026-03-25T14:10:22Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:BA-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:BA-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:BA-BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current BA-BLE design</big>''']]<br />
'''ADAPTER BA-BLE 5.0 LR''' (hereinafter - '''BA-BLE''' adapter, base, device) is designed to receive and process data from connected wireless measuring devices (up to 10 pieces) and wireless tags (up to 30 pieces), output information to mobile application via Bluetooth wireless channel, work with navigation terminal (tracker) via '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocol using '''RS-232''' and '''RS-485''' interfaces.<br />
<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932 datasheet]<br />
<br />
'''BA-BLE''' adapter is used in monitoring of various objects where wireless measuring and/or indication devices are installed and where it is necessary to transfer information from them to the control device.<br />
<br />
Examples of '''BA-BLE''' applications:<br />
<br />
* Monitoring vehicle fuel consumption in conjunction with a wireless fuel level sensor «'''[[TD-BLE]]'''» and «'''[[TD-150-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Measurement of humidity, temperature with sensor «'''[[TH-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Control of position in space of parts and mechanisms of special equipment (measurement of rotation angle, rotation speed, etc.) by means of a sensor «'''[[DU-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Tag location control «'''[[ID-TAG]]'''». Friend and foe systems, trailer equipment control, etc.<br />
<br />
Learn more about these devices on [https://escortsensors.com/product/escort-sensors/ our website].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to BA-BLE</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).<br />
<br />
Start the configurator. Enable '''bluetooth''', geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to '''Geolocation'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''Sensor settings button'''. Afterwards, select '''BA-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE selection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required adapter by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the case.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.<br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional features.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE password set.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<big><u>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE IS VERY TIME-INTENSIVE. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH TO SELECTING YOUR PASSWORD AND MAINTAINING ITS SAFETY.</u></big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main parameters</big>''' ==<br />
After connecting to the BA-BLE, you will see the main menu.<br />
<br />
[[File:Main parameters BA-BLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# BA-BLE serial number<br />
# Firmware version (hereinafter '''FW''')<br />
# Connected sensors and their current readings<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor connection</big>''' =<br />
To connect sensors in the main menu of '''BA-BLE''' press “'''+'''” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE adding device.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click delete and then disable.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TD_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 setting.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 NetAdd.png|frameless|562x562px]]a<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE transmitted parameters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-150-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-150-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TW_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-150-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>DU-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect DU-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( DU_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless|464x464px]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters DU-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TH-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TH-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TH_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE set NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TH-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Configuring ID TAG Transmission</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE has the functionality of accepting and transmitting ID-TAG tags and applying a variety of filters to customize such systems as friend or foe, trailer equipment control, etc. <br />
<br />
[[ID-TAG|The ID-TAG tag setting is described in this manual.]]<br />
<br />
The basic principle of operation, the tag transmits a data packet with its ID ('''PING''') every specified period, BA-BLE reads all the transmission data and calculates the signal strength, after all seen transmissions fall into the memory of BA-BLE to pass the filters, if the tag transmissions pass all the specified filters it falls on the issuing queue on RS-485 where the tag ID will be transmitted according to the period of zeroing the queue.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuring RS-485 transmission</big>''' ==<br />
To configure RS-485 tag issuance, go to the “'''Reader'''” tab ('''1''') and click on “'''RS-485'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
In the opened window you can configure “'''LLS address'''”(3) to which ID tags will be issued and “'''Reset period'''”(4) of issuing, it can be set 30-600 seconds. Reset period is the period for which the tag passed filtering will be transmitted via RS-485, that is, if the reset period is 120 seconds, the tag once passed filtering will be transmitted for two minutes via RS-485.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-485 configuration.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Customizing filters</big>''' ==<br />
To configure the tag reception filters, go to the “'''Reader'''” menu (1) and press “'''Filtering'''” (2)<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE ID tag filtration page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter by tag ID</big>''' ===<br />
To add a filter by Major and Minor tag ID, click “'''Add to the list'''” (1) and enter the Major and/or Minor tag IDs (2).<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE Major-Minor filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Up to 30 of these filters can be added.'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE maj-min several filters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
With this filter you can filter by group (Major ID) or individually bind up to 30 tags.<br />
<br />
We recommend that you set a common group (Major ID) for all tags working with this database and add this group to the filter.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the labels by signal strength (proximity).<br />
<br />
To add, turn on the filter('''1''') and set the signal strength('''2''') to dBm '''with a minus'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To set the correct RSSI filter, place the base and tag in the operating position, disable the filters and go to the main menu of the reader and view the average RSSI('''1''') value of the desired tag over many measurements.<br />
<br />
[[File:Change of RSSI BA-BLE tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Also for correct operation of this filter it is desirable to use a '''filter timer''' and on the mark it is desirable to set a frequent transmission, for example, '''every second'''. <br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Timer</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is necessary to sort tags by time of being in the reception radius, the number of appearances (pings) of the tag filtered by ID and signal strength (RSSI) for a set period of time. <br />
<br />
To add it, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of ping('''2''') and time window('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter timer.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
It is recommended to set the number of occurrences slightly less than half of the number of sends to the tag, that is, if the tag sends every second and the filter for 50 seconds the number of occurrences should be set to 24.<br />
<br />
Also the period of RS-485 zeroing should be slightly longer than the timer time window.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Active Tags</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is required to sort by the number of accepted tags.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter active tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter max</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the tags with the best reception.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags with the best signal('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter max.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Example of work</big>''' ==<br />
Example: tags with ID Major:1 Minor:100 and Major:1 Minor:200 transmit data every second, first tag with ID 100 approached BA-BLE reader for 30 seconds and after 15 seconds tag with ID 200, the reader has filters: on Major:1, RSSI -70 dBm (filtering by signal strength/approximation) and Timer for 15 appearances (pings) in 30 seconds, RS-485 settings: Address 1, zeroing period 60 seconds. After 15 appearances of the tag with ID 100 with RSSI -70 dBm and better it passed filtering and began to transmit its ID on RS-485 (each request LLS returns with a level of 100 and temperature 1) after another 15 seconds, the tag with ID 200 also passes filtering and gets into the queue for issuance, and begins simultaneous transmission of two tags (one request LLS response with a level of 100 and temperature 1 and the second request LLS response with a level of 200 and temperature 1) so continues until each individual ID will not be transmitted during the zeroing period (60 seconds).<br />
<br />
This example is in Navtelecom telemetry:<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE and ID-tag example.gif|frameless|583x583px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting to a GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE wires.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Examples of data output</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
RS-485 port parameters <br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>LLS</big>''' ===<br />
Example of data reception in Navtlecom telemetry<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE output example.png|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
# Level and temperature TD-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.7V) and RSSI -50dBm TD-BLE<br />
# Level and temperature TD-150-BLE<br />
# Tilt angle degree and event DU-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -38dBm DU-BLE<br />
# Temperature (26.8 °C) and humidity (18%) TH-BLE<br />
# Illumination (132 Lux) and hall sensor activity (no activity) TH-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -59dBm TH-BLE<br />
# discrete input trip (1 not active, 2 active) TH-BLE<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via LLS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:LLS communication log.png|frameless|320x320px]]<br />
<br />
31 01 06 6C - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 6C - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 01 06 15 01 00 00 00 EB - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 15 - temperature in HEX (21°C)<br />
* 01 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 01 (level 1)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* EB - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
31 02 06 39 - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 39 - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 02 06 CE 25 00 00 00 FC - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* CE - temperaute in HEX (-50°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 206 is 206-256 -50°C<br />
* 25 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 25 (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* FC - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>MODBUS</big>''' ===<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via MODBUS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:MODBUS communication log.png|frameless|462x462px]]<br />
<br />
01 03 00 00 00 04 44 09 - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 44 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 09 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
01 03 08 15 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 55 35 - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* 15 - Температура HEX (21°C)<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 01 - Low byte of HEX level<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 55 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 35 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 45 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EB - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 08 E0 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 93 EE - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* E0 - Температура HEX (-32°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 224 is 224-256 -32°C<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 25 - Low byte of HEX level (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 93 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EE - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-232</big>''' ==<br />
RS-232 port parameters<br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Passive'''</big> ===<br />
To receive RS-232 data in LLS and MODBUS format as query responses, you must:<br />
<br />
* Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set “periodic data output is disabled”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 passive modes.jpg|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Request and response format as in [[BA-BLE#RS-485|RS-485 polling method]], addresses according to RS-485 output settings<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Active output modes'''</big> ===<br />
To enable active output in advance, select the required parameters in the RS-232 output settings in the BA-BLE sensor connection menu.<br />
<br />
*Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set the desired output mode and save<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 active mode.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]] <br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of total level and average temperature from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is necessary when connecting several units installed in different tanks (double tank equipment).<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 data format.png|frameless|281x281px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 15 is 21°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 1491 is 5265<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of averaged level and temperature values from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is required when connecting multiple units installed in the same tank<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 average level.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 14 is 20°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 0A48 is 2632<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of each TD sensor separately</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, data from all connected fuel level sensors are output separately for each period<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 separate data format.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - CNT, 5E26 is 24102, 6015 is 24597<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 11 is 17°C, 17 is 23°C<br />
<br />
N - Level, 0FFF is 4095, 0492 is 1170<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of all linked sensors via lls protocol</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, one pair of parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line, the transmitted parameter is selected in the sensor connection settings.<br />
<br />
[[File:Data of all sensors via LLS protocol.png|frameless|971x971px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of all parameters of the connected sensors</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, all parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line.<br />
<br />
[[File:Output of all parameters from all sensors.png|frameless|910x910px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, DEC numeric values<br />
<br />
UT* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For TW-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - temperaute<br />
<br />
LM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - Illumination Lux<br />
<br />
UH* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity %<br />
<br />
HS* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - hall sensor activity<br />
<br />
UL* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - level<br />
* For TW-BLE - level<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity % without a decimal point<br />
<br />
UN* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
UM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - discrete input trip<br />
<br />
UP* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
VB*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TH-BLE - battery voltage<br />
<br />
RS*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TW-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For DU-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TH-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE firmware update gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the BA-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory. The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase the download section]<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
* Go to “ Additional features”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional Features FW.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Go to firmware update mode<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update finish.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase downloads section]<br />
<br />
'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=200123162216 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/?product=adapterbable#adapterbable Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* [[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|<big>'''Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices'''</big>]]</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=BA-BLE&diff=1897BA-BLE2026-03-25T14:07:19Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:BA-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:BA-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:BA-BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current BA-BLE design</big>''']]<br />
'''ADAPTER BA-BLE 5.0 LR''' (hereinafter - '''BA-BLE''' adapter, base, device) is designed to receive and process data from connected wireless measuring devices (up to 10 pieces) and wireless tags (up to 30 pieces), output information to mobile application via Bluetooth wireless channel, work with navigation terminal (tracker) via '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocol using '''RS-232''' and '''RS-485''' interfaces.<br />
<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=210225224932 datasheet]<br />
<br />
'''BA-BLE''' adapter is used in monitoring of various objects where wireless measuring and/or indication devices are installed and where it is necessary to transfer information from them to the control device.<br />
<br />
Examples of '''BA-BLE''' applications:<br />
<br />
* Monitoring vehicle fuel consumption in conjunction with a wireless fuel level sensor «'''[[TD-BLE]]'''» and «'''[[TD-150-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Measurement of humidity, temperature with sensor «'''[[TH-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Control of position in space of parts and mechanisms of special equipment (measurement of rotation angle, rotation speed, etc.) by means of a sensor «'''[[DU-BLE]]'''»<br />
* Tag location control «'''[[ID-TAG]]'''». Friend and foe systems, trailer equipment control, etc.<br />
<br />
Learn more about these devices on our website[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/ .]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to BA-BLE</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE is fully configured via bluetooth using the mobile application available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as “'''the app'''”).<br />
<br />
Start the configurator. Enable '''bluetooth''', geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to '''Geolocation'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''Sensor settings button'''. Afterwards, select '''BA-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE selection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required adapter by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the case.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.<br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional features.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE password set.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<big><u>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE IS VERY TIME-INTENSIVE. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH TO SELECTING YOUR PASSWORD AND MAINTAINING ITS SAFETY.</u></big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main parameters</big>''' ==<br />
After connecting to the BA-BLE, you will see the main menu.<br />
<br />
[[File:Main parameters BA-BLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# BA-BLE serial number<br />
# Firmware version (hereinafter '''FW''')<br />
# Connected sensors and their current readings<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor connection</big>''' =<br />
To connect sensors in the main menu of '''BA-BLE''' press “'''+'''” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE adding device.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To delete, swipe the sensor to the left and click delete and then disable.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TD_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 setting.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE RS-485 NetAdd.png|frameless|562x562px]]a<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TD-BLE transmitted parameters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-150-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TD-150-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TW_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TD-150-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TW-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>DU-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect DU-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( DU_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE setting NetAdd.png|frameless|464x464px]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters DU-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE DU-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TH-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
To connect TH-BLE to BA-BLE, in the main menu press “+” ('''1''') and in the opened window enter the sensor name( TH_******) or MAC address('''2''') and press “'''Connect'''”('''3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the sensor name on the sensor cover (last 6 digits of the serial number) or when searching for or connecting to the sensor in the mobile app.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE connection.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the sensor, go to the settings by clicking on its name.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE search.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the switch, you will see the current sensor data, to configure the data transmission, go to RS-232 or RS-485 settings depending on which data transmission interface you are going to use.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE main.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After the transition, enable the transmission of the required parameters and in the opened window select the required network address (0-255) through which this parameter will be transmitted and then click on save.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE settings.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE set NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
When selecting a network address, an unoccupied network address must be selected; occupied network addresses are displayed when selected.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE occupied NetAdd.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The main parameters TH-BLE is selected for transmission are<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE TH-BLE parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To remove a tethered sensor, swipe the sensor to the left and click remove and then disconnect.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE remove sensors.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Configuring ID TAG Transmission</big>''' =<br />
BA-BLE has the functionality of accepting and transmitting ID-TAG tags and applying a variety of filters to customize such systems as friend or foe, trailer equipment control, etc. <br />
<br />
[[ID-TAG|The ID-TAG tag setting is described in this manual.]]<br />
<br />
The basic principle of operation, the tag transmits a data packet with its ID ('''PING''') every specified period, BA-BLE reads all the transmission data and calculates the signal strength, after all seen transmissions fall into the memory of BA-BLE to pass the filters, if the tag transmissions pass all the specified filters it falls on the issuing queue on RS-485 where the tag ID will be transmitted according to the period of zeroing the queue.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuring RS-485 transmission</big>''' ==<br />
To configure RS-485 tag issuance, go to the “'''Reader'''” tab ('''1''') and click on “'''RS-485'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
In the opened window you can configure “'''LLS address'''”(3) to which ID tags will be issued and “'''Reset period'''”(4) of issuing, it can be set 30-600 seconds. Reset period is the period for which the tag passed filtering will be transmitted via RS-485, that is, if the reset period is 120 seconds, the tag once passed filtering will be transmitted for two minutes via RS-485.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-485 configuration.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Customizing filters</big>''' ==<br />
To configure the tag reception filters, go to the “'''Reader'''” menu (1) and press “'''Filtering'''” (2)<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE ID tag filtration page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter by tag ID</big>''' ===<br />
To add a filter by Major and Minor tag ID, click “'''Add to the list'''” (1) and enter the Major and/or Minor tag IDs (2).<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE Major-Minor filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Up to 30 of these filters can be added.'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE maj-min several filters.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
With this filter you can filter by group (Major ID) or individually bind up to 30 tags.<br />
<br />
We recommend that you set a common group (Major ID) for all tags working with this database and add this group to the filter.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the labels by signal strength (proximity).<br />
<br />
To add, turn on the filter('''1''') and set the signal strength('''2''') to dBm '''with a minus'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To set the correct RSSI filter, place the base and tag in the operating position, disable the filters and go to the main menu of the reader and view the average RSSI('''1''') value of the desired tag over many measurements.<br />
<br />
[[File:Change of RSSI BA-BLE tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Also for correct operation of this filter it is desirable to use a '''filter timer''' and on the mark it is desirable to set a frequent transmission, for example, '''every second'''. <br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Timer</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is necessary to sort tags by time of being in the reception radius, the number of appearances (pings) of the tag filtered by ID and signal strength (RSSI) for a set period of time. <br />
<br />
To add it, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of ping('''2''') and time window('''3''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter timer.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
It is recommended to set the number of occurrences slightly less than half of the number of sends to the tag, that is, if the tag sends every second and the filter for 50 seconds the number of occurrences should be set to 24.<br />
<br />
Also the period of RS-485 zeroing should be slightly longer than the timer time window.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Filter Active Tags</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is required to sort by the number of accepted tags.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE filter active tags.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>RSSI filter max</big>''' ===<br />
This filter is needed to sort the tags with the best reception.<br />
<br />
To add, enable the filter('''1''') and set the number of active tags with the best signal('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RSSI filter max.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Example of work</big>''' ==<br />
Example: tags with ID Major:1 Minor:100 and Major:1 Minor:200 transmit data every second, first tag with ID 100 approached BA-BLE reader for 30 seconds and after 15 seconds tag with ID 200, the reader has filters: on Major:1, RSSI -70 dBm (filtering by signal strength/approximation) and Timer for 15 appearances (pings) in 30 seconds, RS-485 settings: Address 1, zeroing period 60 seconds. After 15 appearances of the tag with ID 100 with RSSI -70 dBm and better it passed filtering and began to transmit its ID on RS-485 (each request LLS returns with a level of 100 and temperature 1) after another 15 seconds, the tag with ID 200 also passes filtering and gets into the queue for issuance, and begins simultaneous transmission of two tags (one request LLS response with a level of 100 and temperature 1 and the second request LLS response with a level of 200 and temperature 1) so continues until each individual ID will not be transmitted during the zeroing period (60 seconds).<br />
<br />
This example is in Navtelecom telemetry:<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE and ID-tag example.gif|frameless|583x583px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting to a GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE wires.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Examples of data output</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
RS-485 port parameters <br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>LLS</big>''' ===<br />
Example of data reception in Navtlecom telemetry<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE output example.png|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
# Level and temperature TD-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.7V) and RSSI -50dBm TD-BLE<br />
# Level and temperature TD-150-BLE<br />
# Tilt angle degree and event DU-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -38dBm DU-BLE<br />
# Temperature (26.8 °C) and humidity (18%) TH-BLE<br />
# Illumination (132 Lux) and hall sensor activity (no activity) TH-BLE<br />
# Battery voltage (3.5V) and RSSI -59dBm TH-BLE<br />
# discrete input trip (1 not active, 2 active) TH-BLE<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via LLS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:LLS communication log.png|frameless|320x320px]]<br />
<br />
31 01 06 6C - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 6C - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 01 06 15 01 00 00 00 EB - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 15 - temperature in HEX (21°C)<br />
* 01 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 01 (level 1)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* EB - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
31 02 06 39 - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 31 - request command<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* 39 - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
3E 02 06 CE 25 00 00 00 FC - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 3E - Response designation<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 06 - request type (level and temperature)<br />
* CE - temperaute in HEX (-50°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 206 is 206-256 -50°C<br />
* 25 00 - level in HEX in reverse order 00 25 (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 - CNT (while using BLE base it is always empty)<br />
* FC - CRC-8/MAXIM<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>MODBUS</big>''' ===<br />
[[MODBUS TD-500|MODBUS example]]<br />
<br />
Example of communication log between the tracker and BA-BLE via MODBUS protocol<br />
<br />
[[File:MODBUS communication log.png|frameless|462x462px]]<br />
<br />
01 03 00 00 00 04 44 09 - request from the tracker to issue data to 1 address<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 44 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 09 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
01 03 08 15 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 55 35 - response at address 1<br />
<br />
* 01 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* 15 - Температура HEX (21°C)<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 01 - Low byte of HEX level<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 55 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* 35 - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 00 00 00 04 45 EB - request from the tracker to issue data to 2 address<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - read command<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - High byte of the read register (value is ignored)<br />
* 00 - Low byte of the quantity<br />
* 04 - High byte of quantity<br />
* 45 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EB - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
02 03 08 E0 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 93 EE - response at address 2<br />
<br />
* 02 - network address<br />
* 03 - Command confirmation, always 03<br />
* 08 - Number of unloaded bytes (always 8)<br />
* E0 - Температура HEX (-32°C) negative values go in reverse order from the maximum 255, i.e. 224 is 224-256 -32°C<br />
* 00 - High byte of HEX level<br />
* 25 - Low byte of HEX level (level 37)<br />
* 00 00 00 00 00 - Always 0<br />
* 93 - Low byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
* EE - High byte of CRC-16/MODBUS<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-232</big>''' ==<br />
RS-232 port parameters<br />
<br />
Baud rate: 19200 kbps<br />
<br />
Data size: 8<br />
<br />
Stop-bits: 1<br />
<br />
Parity: None<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Passive'''</big> ===<br />
To receive RS-232 data in LLS and MODBUS format as query responses, you must:<br />
<br />
* Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set “periodic data output is disabled”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 passive modes.jpg|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Request and response format as in [[BA-BLE#RS-485|RS-485 polling method]], addresses according to RS-485 output settings<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Active output modes'''</big> ===<br />
To enable active output in advance, select the required parameters in the RS-232 output settings in the BA-BLE sensor connection menu.<br />
<br />
*Go to RS-232 BA-BLE settings<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 menu.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Set the desired output mode and save<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE RS-232 active mode.png|frameless]] [[File:BA-BLE RS-232 setting confirmation.png|frameless]] <br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of total level and average temperature from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is necessary when connecting several units installed in different tanks (double tank equipment).<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 data format.png|frameless|281x281px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 15 is 21°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 1491 is 5265<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of averaged level and temperature values from TD sensors</big>''' ====<br />
This format is required when connecting multiple units installed in the same tank<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 average level.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - unused<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 14 is 20°C<br />
<br />
N - Total level of connected fuel level sensors, 0A48 is 2632<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of each TD sensor separately</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, data from all connected fuel level sensors are output separately for each period<br />
<br />
[[File:RS-232 separate data format.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
F - CNT, 5E26 is 24102, 6015 is 24597<br />
<br />
T - temperature, 11 is 17°C, 17 is 23°C<br />
<br />
N - Level, 0FFF is 4095, 0492 is 1170<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Data output of all linked sensors via lls protocol</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, one pair of parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line, the transmitted parameter is selected in the sensor connection settings.<br />
<br />
[[File:Data of all sensors via LLS protocol.png|frameless|971x971px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, HEX numeric values<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Output of all parameters of the connected sensors</big>''' ====<br />
In this mode, all parameters (signed 0-9) from each connected sensor will be transmitted in one line.<br />
<br />
[[File:Output of all parameters from all sensors.png|frameless|910x910px]]<br />
<br />
ASCII format, DEC numeric values<br />
<br />
UT* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For TW-BLE - temperaute<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - temperaute<br />
<br />
LM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - Illumination Lux<br />
<br />
UH* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity %<br />
<br />
HS* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - hall sensor activity<br />
<br />
UL* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - level<br />
* For TW-BLE - level<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - humidity % without a decimal point<br />
<br />
UN* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - tilt angle degree<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
UM* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - discrete input trip<br />
<br />
UP* <br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - not in use<br />
* For TH-BLE - not in use<br />
<br />
VB*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TW-BLE - not in use<br />
* For DU-BLE - battery voltage<br />
* For TH-BLE - battery voltage<br />
<br />
RS*<br />
<br />
* For TD-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TW-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For DU-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
* For TH-BLE - signal strength (RSSI)<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:BA-BLE firmware update gif.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the BA-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory. The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase the download section]<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
* Go to “ Additional features”<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE additional Features FW.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Go to firmware update mode<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW process.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:BA-BLE FW update finish.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The latest firmware can be found in [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase downloads section]<br />
<br />
'''The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/wired-base/BA_BLE_5_0_LR_Datasheet.pdf?v=200123162216 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/?product=adapterbable#adapterbable Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* [[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices|<big>'''Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices'''</big>]]</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1637TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-12T16:28:43Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* TD-BLE configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png|right|530x530px]]<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the '''''Additional settings''''' menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="800"><br />
File:Selecting Additional settings.png|alt=<br />
File:Data encryption off.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="800" heights="400"><br />
File:Select the Howen device.png|alt=<br />
File:Howen default password.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1.png|854x854px]]<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2.png|864x864px]]<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 3.png|836x836px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
[[File:Observing sensor data 1.png|872x872px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE and Howen 4.png|670x670px]]</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Data_encryption_off.png&diff=1636File:Data encryption off.png2025-12-12T16:26:58Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Data encryption off</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Selecting_Additional_settings.png&diff=1635File:Selecting Additional settings.png2025-12-12T16:25:20Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Selecting Additional settings</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1634TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-11T19:41:40Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png|right|530x530px]]<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the '''''Additional settings''''' menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="800" heights="400"><br />
File:Select the Howen device.png|alt=<br />
File:Howen default password.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1.png|854x854px]]<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2.png|864x864px]]<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 3.png|836x836px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
[[File:Observing sensor data 1.png|872x872px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE and Howen 4.png|670x670px]]</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Connecting_TD-BLE_and_Howen_4.png&diff=1633File:Connecting TD-BLE and Howen 4.png2025-12-11T19:39:55Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Connecting TD-BLE and Howen 4</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Observing_sensor_data_1.png&diff=1632File:Observing sensor data 1.png2025-12-11T19:23:24Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Observing sensor data 1</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1631TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-11T16:32:43Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png|right|530x530px]]<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the '''''Additional settings''''' menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="800" heights="400"><br />
File:Select the Howen device.png|alt=<br />
File:Howen default password.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1.png|854x854px]]<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2.png|864x864px]]<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 3.png|836x836px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Connecting_TD-BLE_to_Howen_3.png&diff=1630File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 3.png2025-12-11T16:31:07Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 3</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1629TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-11T16:05:24Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Howen MC30 dashcam configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png|right|530x530px]]<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the '''''Additional settings''''' menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="800" heights="400"><br />
File:Select the Howen device.png|alt=<br />
File:Howen default password.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1.png|854x854px]]<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
[[File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2.png|864x864px]]<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Connecting_TD-BLE_to_Howen_2.png&diff=1628File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2.png2025-12-11T16:04:44Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 2</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Connecting_TD-BLE_to_Howen_1.png&diff=1627File:Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1.png2025-12-11T16:01:08Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Connecting TD-BLE to Howen 1</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Select_the_Howen_device.png&diff=1626File:Select the Howen device.png2025-12-11T15:52:50Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Select the Howen device</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Howen_default_password.png&diff=1625File:Howen default password.png2025-12-11T15:41:14Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Howen default password</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1624TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-11T15:29:26Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png|right|530x530px]]<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the '''''Additional settings''''' menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:TD-BLE%2BHowen_MC30_image.png&diff=1623File:TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image.png2025-12-11T15:13:41Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>TD-BLE+Howen MC30 image</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1622TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-11T14:51:00Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==<br />
To make sure the TD-BLE's fuel level data is recieved by MC30, go to the '''''Status''''' tab ('''1'''), '''''System''''' data ('''2'''). You can find the current fuel level of the sensor ('''4''') in '''''User info''''' ('''3'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1621TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-10T19:41:20Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Howen MC30 dashcam configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successful, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1620TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-10T19:40:57Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Howen MC30 dashcam configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the main menu of the dashcam's settings choose the '''''Config''''' tab ('''1''') where you can find the '''''Network''''' configurations ('''2'''). Once you get there, select the '''''Bluetooth''''' parameters ('''3'''). Tap the '''''Search''''' button ('''4''') for the dashcam to start scanning bluetooth devices nearby<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
Once you see the needed TD-BLE in the Search field, tap on '''''BT''''' button to pair the sensor's data with the dashcam<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
If the pairing is successfull, you will see a corresponding message<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1619TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-07T23:55:21Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Howen MC30 dashcam configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
You can do it via the '''Escort mobile app''' (available on [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ae.esensor.config '''Android'''] and [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085?l=en '''iOS''']) <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr '''iTool'''] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is '''12345678'''</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
In the '''iTool''' mobile app tap on the name of a dashcam you need to configure. <u>The default password to access a Howen dascam is '''111111'''</u>.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1618TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-07T23:45:56Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Howen MC30 dashcam configuration */</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr iTool] mobile app.<br />
<br />
To be able to connect to the device, you need to power it up with a 24V power source (<u>be advised that a 12V power source will not do for it</u>).<br />
<br />
Once the dashcam is on, you will hear a short beep sound from it. After that, you will have 3 minutes to connect to the device's WiFi with a smartphone for the further configuration. <u>The WiFi's default password is 12345678</u>.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
mobile app<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE_%2B_Howen_Dashcam_quickstart&diff=1617TD-BLE + Howen Dashcam quickstart2025-12-07T22:58:33Z<p>VLADISLAV: Created page with "== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' == In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered. '''''SCREEN''''' == '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' == In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). '''''SCREEN..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== '''<big>Introduction</big>''' ==<br />
In this article the paring steps between the '''Escort TD-BLE''' sensor and the '''Howen MC30''' dashcam will be covered.<br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>TD-BLE configuration</big>''' ==<br />
In general, the TD-BLE sensor doesn't require any adjustment in terms of data transmission. The only aspect is, make sure that the sensor's data encryption ('''2''') is disabled, it can be accessed in the Additional settings menu ('''1'''). <br />
<br />
'''''SCREEN'''''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Howen MC30 dashcam configuration</big>''' ==<br />
One of the most comfortable ways to configure the MC30 dashcam is using the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.coo.howen.mdvr iTool] mobile app.<br />
<br />
power up<br />
<br />
WiFi<br />
<br />
mobile app<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data observation in the dashcam's telemetry</big>''' ==</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE&diff=1611TD-BLE2025-11-27T15:32:07Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* How many portions should I add? */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-BLE.png.png|thumb|Current TD-BLE design]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =<br />
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =<br />
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;<br />
<br />
'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets. <br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>TD-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =<br />
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").<br />
<br />
== '''Geolocation''' ==<br />
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation. <br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically. <br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''. <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<u><big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big></u>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==<br />
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor<br />
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor<br />
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)<br />
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)<br />
# Graphic scale of sensor filling<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines"><br />
File:DataAndroid.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (Android)'''</big><br />
File:DataPageIos.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''</big><br />
</gallery> <br />
<br />
'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should: <br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length <br />
<br />
and <br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point. <blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions. <br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]] <br />
<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).''' <br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]] <br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. <br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk. <br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank is full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication</big>''' ==<br />
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.<br />
<br />
Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.<br />
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>'''|458x458px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part. <br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Mathematical calibration</big>''' ==<br />
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.<br />
<br />
To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]<br />
<br />
<br />
In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.<br />
<br />
[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle: <br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
=== <big>Sealing TD-BLE of the former design</big> ===<br />
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.<br />
<br />
[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing TD-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===<br />
<br />
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:New design cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TD-BLE</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TD-BLE with cap</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350"><br />
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installing TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installed TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.<br />
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]<br />
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank mounting and transmitter direction</big>''' ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Black box'''</big> =<br />
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.<br />
<br />
The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.<br />
<br />
You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Black box selection.png|alt=<br />
File:Date Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=<br />
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]<br />
<br />
If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)<br />
<br />
[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Additional settings'''</big> =<br />
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch '''(it should remain green)''' if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.</blockquote>Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE. <br />
<br />
[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').<blockquote>'''WARNING!!!''' Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this! </blockquote>[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time. </blockquote><gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file. <br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it. <br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air. <br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor is not connected or detected in the application</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.<br />
<br />
Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=<br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.<br />
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']] <br />
<br />
If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone. <br />
<br />
Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.<br />
<br />
If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.<br />
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''<big>Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4</big>''' ==<br />
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.<br />
<br />
If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]<br />
<br />
The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.<br />
<br />
If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.<br />
<br />
You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tracker Communication Error Codes</big>''' ==<br />
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.<br />
<br />
Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.<br />
<br />
Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''” <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
*Go to FW update <br />
<br />
[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video] <br />
<br />
Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]<br />
<br />
The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.<br />
<br />
= '''How to change the battery''' =<br />
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.<br />
<br />
The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''<big>Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.<br />
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''<big>Removing the TD-BLE protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.<br />
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''<big>Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts</big>''']]<br />
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.<br />
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''<big>Battery holder cavity filled with lithol</big>''']]<br />
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''<big>Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Example using a battery replacement kit<br />
<br />
# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.<br />
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).<br />
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]] <br />
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]<br />
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.<br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).<br />
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts). <br />
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.<br />
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]<br />
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;<br />
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]<br />
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]<br />
# Check the functionality of the sensor.<br />
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.<br />
<br />
If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.<br />
<br />
Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)<br />
<br />
=== Examples of sealants recommended by the community ===<br />
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 RED</big>''']]<br />
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 GREY</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''<big>Escort Charter application</big>''']</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE&diff=1609TD-BLE2025-11-18T16:00:10Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Examples of sealants recommended by the community: */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-BLE.png.png|thumb|Current TD-BLE design]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =<br />
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =<br />
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;<br />
<br />
'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets. <br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>TD-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =<br />
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").<br />
<br />
== '''Geolocation''' ==<br />
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation. <br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically. <br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''. <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<u><big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big></u>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==<br />
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor<br />
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor<br />
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)<br />
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)<br />
# Graphic scale of sensor filling<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines"><br />
File:DataAndroid.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (Android)'''</big><br />
File:DataPageIos.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''</big><br />
</gallery> <br />
<br />
'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should: <br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length <br />
<br />
and <br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point. <blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions. <br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]] <br />
<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).''' <br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]] <br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. <br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk. <br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank is full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication</big>''' ==<br />
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.<br />
<br />
Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.<br />
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>'''|458x458px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part. <br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Mathematical calibration</big>''' ==<br />
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.<br />
<br />
To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]<br />
<br />
<br />
In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.<br />
<br />
[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle: <br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
=== <big>Sealing TD-BLE of the former design</big> ===<br />
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.<br />
<br />
[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing TD-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===<br />
<br />
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:New design cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TD-BLE</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TD-BLE with cap</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350"><br />
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installing TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installed TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.<br />
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]<br />
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank mounting and transmitter direction</big>''' ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Black box'''</big> =<br />
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.<br />
<br />
The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.<br />
<br />
You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Black box selection.png|alt=<br />
File:Date Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=<br />
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]<br />
<br />
If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)<br />
<br />
[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Additional settings'''</big> =<br />
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch '''(it should remain green)''' if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.</blockquote>Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE. <br />
<br />
[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').<blockquote>'''WARNING!!!''' Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this! </blockquote>[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time. </blockquote><gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file. <br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it. <br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air. <br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor is not connected or detected in the application</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.<br />
<br />
Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=<br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.<br />
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']] <br />
<br />
If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone. <br />
<br />
Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.<br />
<br />
If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.<br />
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''<big>Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4</big>''' ==<br />
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.<br />
<br />
If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]<br />
<br />
The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.<br />
<br />
If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.<br />
<br />
You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tracker Communication Error Codes</big>''' ==<br />
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.<br />
<br />
Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.<br />
<br />
Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''” <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
*Go to FW update <br />
<br />
[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video] <br />
<br />
Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]<br />
<br />
The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.<br />
<br />
= '''How to change the battery''' =<br />
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.<br />
<br />
The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''<big>Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.<br />
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''<big>Removing the TD-BLE protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.<br />
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''<big>Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts</big>''']]<br />
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.<br />
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''<big>Battery holder cavity filled with lithol</big>''']]<br />
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''<big>Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Example using a battery replacement kit<br />
<br />
# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.<br />
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).<br />
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]] <br />
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]<br />
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.<br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).<br />
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts). <br />
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.<br />
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]<br />
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;<br />
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]<br />
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]<br />
# Check the functionality of the sensor.<br />
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.<br />
<br />
If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.<br />
<br />
Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)<br />
<br />
=== Examples of sealants recommended by the community ===<br />
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 RED</big>''']]<br />
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 GREY</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''<big>Escort Charter application</big>''']</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=DU-BLE&diff=1571DU-BLE2025-10-21T20:00:51Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Horizontal inclinometer */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:DU-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:DU-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =<br />
[[File:Current DU-BLE design.png|thumb|Current DU-BLE design]]<br />
Definition and purpose of the sensor <br />
<br />
The wireless angle sensor with autonomous power supply '''DU-BLE''' of the ESCORT trademark (hereinafter referred to as the measuring device, product, angle sensor, DU-BLE) is designed to measure the angular position of deflecting parts of various machines and mechanisms relative to the Earth's gravitational field, determine the direction of rotation (in the corresponding modes) and transmit this data via a radio channel at a frequency of 2.4 GHz.<br />
<br />
The measuring device (sensor) "DU-BLE" is used in automotive equipment and other objects where angle measurement is required.<br />
<br />
DU-BLE is a completely wireless sensor with autonomous power supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; the frequency of data sending is every 3 seconds.<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Basic Terms and Concepts</big>''' =<br />
'''Serial Number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor Name''' - sensor designation among BLE devices, consisting of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last 6 values of the '''serial number''', for example, DU_100100<br />
<br />
'''MAC Address''' - a unique identifier assigned to each unit of active equipment. It is used to identify devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data Packet''' - a set of values transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is specified by the data transfer protocol.<br />
<br />
'''Data Transfer Protocol''' - a set of specific rules or agreements of the logical level interface that determines the exchange of data between different programs or devices. In the case of the DU-BLE sensor, the Escort BLE protocol is used to transfer data packets.<br />
<br />
'''Advertising Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection Mode''' - a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to start transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''BLE-RS485 base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.<br />
<br />
'''BA-BLE base''' - a device that retransmits data transmission and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in LLS and MODBUS protocols. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>DU-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>First generation DU-BLE design</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design DU-BLE first generation.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Second generation DU-BLE design</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design DU-BLE second generation.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =<br />
To configure the DU-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Geolocation</big>''' ==<br />
Launch the app and activate '''Bluetooth''' and '''geolocation''' on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation.<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot_20240221-094919_One_UI_Home.png|664x664px]] [[File:Screenshot_20240221-095105_Permission_controller.png|667x667px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Connecting to DU-BLE.gif]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''DU-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor_settings._Main_page.png|frameless]] [[File:Selecting DU-BLE.png|666x666px]]<br />
<br />
Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect''' button. On an '''Android''' device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising''' mode will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Searching DU-BLE.png|675x675px]] [[File:Advertising DU-BLE.png|675x675px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.<br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''. <br />
<br />
[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|609x609px]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150_BLE_setting_password_.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<u><big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big></u>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor<br />
# Current '''Operating mode''' set on the sensor<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
# Current sensors readings in selected working mode<br />
# Button for setting 0 as current angle of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:DU-BLE Data.png|799x799px]]<br />
<br />
'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Operating mode</big>''' =<br />
Для установки режима работы на датчике, перейдите в меню настройки.<br />
<br />
[[File:Going to settings DU-BLE.png|583x583px]]<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>Name of the mode</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Description of the mode</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Format of transmitted data</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Transportation'''<br />
|Used for transporting and storing the sensor. The accelerometer is turned off to save power; no measurements are taken. <br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|'''Vertical rotation control'''<br />
| rowspan="2" |It is used to determine the direction of rotation of the sensor in a plane parallel to the plane of the sensor installation (except for rotation parallel to the ground plane) and/or counting revolutions and speed (rpm).<br />
'''Horizontal rotation''' - the sensor is installed along the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer with the convex part of the body at 90° relative to the ground.<br />
<br />
'''Vertical rotation''' - the sensor is installed perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the concrete mixer.<br />
| rowspan="2" |<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''1. Direction only'''<br />
<br />
0 - no rotation<br />
<br />
1 - left rotation<br />
<br />
2 - right rotation<br />
<br />
(you can set these values yourself)<br />
<br />
'''2. Number of revolutions, rotation speed (rpm), direction of rotation is shown as + or -'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Horizontal rotation control'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Container'''<br />
|It is used to control the loading of equipment, for example, a garbage truck<br />
|The tilt angle and the container cumulative counter are transmitted<br />
|-<br />
|'''Bucket'''<br />
|Serves to determine the operation or downtime of an excavator and similar equipment<br />
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle<br />
|-<br />
|'''Plow'''<br />
|Serves to determine the operation of the snowplow blade of snow removal machines and similar equipment<br />
|The tilt angle and operation are transmitted depending on whether the equipment is working or idle<br />
|-<br />
|'''Angle control'''<br />
|Serves to determine the angle of inclination of parts of mechanisms relative to the horizon. Triggering events occur when a certain angle set by the user is reached.<br />
|The tilt angle and response are transmitted depending on whether the control element of the equipment is lowered or raised, respectively<br />
|-<br />
|'''Horizontal inclinometer'''<br />
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.<br />
In the “'''Two-axis'''” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.<br />
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.<br />
'''0-360''' for one axis<br />
<br />
'''0-180''' for the other axis<br />
|-<br />
|'''Verticalinclinometer'''<br />
|In the “'''Single-axis'''” measurement mode, the sensor records deviations only along one axis - the pitch axis - from the zero point, which must be set after selecting the mode and installing the sensor at the moment when the mechanism is on a flat surface in the stowed position. The angle is measured from 0 to 360 degrees.<br />
In the “Two-axis” mode, you can track the tilt angle along each measurement axis separately.<br />
|The roll (and pitch) angle(s) is transmitted.<br />
'''0-360''' for one axis<br />
<br />
'''0-180''' for the other axis<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Vertical rotation control</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Vertical rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]<br />
<br />
# Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')<br />
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format<br />
<br />
The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.<br />
<br />
This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''<br />
<br />
1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.<br />
<br />
You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)<br />
<br />
2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<br />
<br />
[[File:Vertical rotation control diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Vertical rotation control example.png|806x806px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Horizontal rotation control</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Horizontal rotation control.png|710x710px]] [[File:Vertical rotation control settings.png|710x710px]]<br />
<br />
#Selecting the format of transmitted data ('''Direction only or Speed and rpm''')<br />
# Selecting the transmitted values of rotation left and right, available only in the "'''direction only'''" transmission format<br />
<br />
The sensor is installed at the ends of the mixer.<br />
<br />
This mode has '''2 formats of transmitted data:'''<br />
<br />
1) '''Direction only''' - used, for example, to control the direction of rotation of a concrete mixer. Depending on the direction of rotation around the axis, a trigger event is transmitted: when rotating to the right, the value 1 will be transmitted, when rotating to the left - the value 2, if there is no rotation, 0 will be transmitted.<br />
<br />
You can change the value of rotation to the left and to the right (from 1 ... 255)<br />
<br />
2) '''Speed and rpm'''. The sensor will transmit the number of complete revolutions and the rotation speed in rpm. The rotation speed will be calculated by the sensor after the first three full revolutions. The speed will be positive in one direction, negative in the other. You can learn more about how to set up speed recognition on the monitoring platform in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<br />
<br />
The sensor is installed on the side surface of the mixer.<blockquote>'''<big>In horizontal rotation, the sensor is installed with the convex/semi-circular part up or down! When installed with the convex/semi-circular part to the left or right, rotations will not be counted!</big>'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Horizontal rotation control diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Horizontal rotation control example.png|851x851px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Container</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Container mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Container mode settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
Serves to control unloading and loading on equipment types such as garbage trucks, dump trucks, etc., as well as for more precise control of hatch cover opening.<br />
<br />
After installing the sensor, zero should be set. The equipment should be located on a level surface. When crossing the lower and upper threshold values, the number of trips will increase and the total activation counter will be transmitted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Container mode explanation.png|718x718px]]<br />
<br />
When crossing the blue line (Upper threshold value), the counter increases by 1, for repeated triggering it is necessary to cross the green line (Lower threshold value)<br />
<br />
Black line - Zero<br />
<br />
Green line - Lower threshold value<br />
<br />
Blue line - Upper threshold value<br />
<br />
The counter will continue to increase with each container up to the maximum value of 65535. After which it will reset to zero and continue to increase again. With 100 containers per day, the counter will last for 1-2 years.<br />
<br />
The settings for the received readings on the platform are shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Bucket</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Bucket mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Bucket mode settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
This mode is intended for use on excavators to monitor bucket operation or idle time.<br />
<br />
'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.<br />
<br />
'''Delta''' - the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs.<br />
<br />
'''Measurement interval''' - the time period after which the tilt angle is compared to calculate the delta.<br />
<br />
'''Turn OFF delay''' - the time period during which the work will be transmitted.<br />
<br />
'''Transmit as event notification'''- the value that will be transmitted as work.<br />
<br />
"'''Measurement interval'''" sets the time during which the sensor measures the angle values. After the measurement interval, the current value is compared with the previous value. If the difference is a certain angle that is greater than or equal to the "'''Delta'''" value, then the triggering will occur, which will signal the excavator bucket is working. The "'''Delta'''" parameter sets the minimum angle value at which the triggering occurs. If the bucket operation is stopped, the angle difference will not exceed the set value "'''Delta'''", the "'''Turn OFF delay'''" is started, no triggering occurs (the value "0" is transmitted). In this way, the bucket operation and downtime are separated, eliminating false triggering.<br />
<br />
The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<blockquote>'''<big>When installing tilt angle sensors on excavator manipulators, it is recommended to place the sensor on the knee of the manipulator, which is the most active at the time the excavator is performing work and makes a greater number of movements with a greater amplitude of angle change.</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Bucket mode diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Bucket mode example.png|697x697px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Plow</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Plow mode.png|750x750px]] [[File:Plow mode settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
The mode is designed for installation on "blade" type devices, such as snow blowers used for clearing roads, or a bulldozer.<br />
<br />
'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.<br />
<br />
'''Upper limit''' - the tilt angle threshold above which the alarm stops.<br />
<br />
'''Lower limit''' - the tilt angle threshold below which the alarm starts after the turn-on delay.<br />
<br />
'''Turn ON delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be below the lower threshold to start the alarm.<br />
<br />
'''Turn OFF delay''' - the number of seconds the sensor must be between the upper and lower angles to stop the alarm.<br />
<br />
'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as the job.<blockquote>'''<big>Important! It is not recommended to use the sensor to control mechanisms whose deviation amplitude is less than 10 degrees. For example, the middle blade of a grader.</big>'''</blockquote>When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a smaller angle, the turn-on delay timer is started. If the current angle does not exceed the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-on delay timer, the triggering event will occur (the value "1" or another value that you set is transmitted).<br />
<br />
When crossing the "'''LOW'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the turn-off delay timer is started. If the current angle remains greater than the "'''LOW'''" boundary upon expiration of the turn-off delay timer, the triggering will be reset (the value "'''0'''" is transmitted).<br />
<br />
If, at the moment of counting down the turn-off delay timer, the sensor crosses the "'''LOW'''" boundary back towards a smaller angle, the started turn-off timer is reset.<br />
<br />
When crossing the "'''UP'''" boundary towards a larger angle, the triggering will be reset instantly.<br />
<br />
This is done to obtain more visual readings of the sensor triggering (short-term raising and lowering of the implement during obstacle avoidance and turns are excluded).<blockquote><big>'''The "0" is set in the working position.'''</big></blockquote>[[File:Plow mode diagram.png|740x740px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Plow mode diagram 2.png]]<br />
<br />
The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Angle Control</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Angle control.png|750x750px]] [[File:Angle control settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
The "Angle Control" operating mode can be used, for example, to control the operation of a garbage truck, dump truck, and other working units of special equipment.<br />
<br />
The 3-axes accelerometer used in the sensor cannot ignore vibrations, acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle/unit the sensor is installed on. It also cannot ignore the inclination of the terrain the vehicle/unit moves across.<br />
<br />
Due to that the sensor is less suited for the monitoring of machinery units that are operated when on the move, f.e. dump trucks that are gradually unloaded with their boxes are lifted and they slowly move forward. There will be factors mentioned above that will affect the sensor's readings and cause random angle changes that will be impossible to reliably validate by the vehicle's speed.<br />
<br />
In other cases the sensor's readings can be validated by the vehicle's speed.<br />
<br />
More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 19)]<br />
<br />
The sensor also has its own filtration/smoothing algorithm. However, the higher the level of that filtration is, the slower the current angle reading is calculated and that could lead to the actual movements of the mechanism the sensor is installed on to get missed.<br />
<br />
One more option is to install 2 sensors: one on the vehicle's (unit's frame) and another - on the mechanism that needs to be monitored. More on that in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual (p. 17)]<br />
<br />
'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.<br />
<br />
'''Upper limit'''- the tilt angle threshold above which the triggering occurs.<br />
<br />
'''Lower limit'''- the tilt angle threshold below which the triggering stops.<br />
<br />
'''Transmit as event notification''' - the value that will be transmitted as work.<br />
<br />
When the angle increases and the upper limit is reached, the sensor is triggered; when moving backwards and crossing the lower limit, the triggering is reset (the value "0" is transmitted).<br />
<br />
[[File:Angle control diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
The setup of the received readings on the platform is shown in [https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing this manual]<br />
<br />
== '''Horizontal inclinometer''' ==<br />
[[File:Horizontal inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.<br />
<br />
'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.<br />
<br />
'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.<br />
<br />
'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.<blockquote><big>'''Data transfer in Horizontal inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]'''</big></blockquote>[[File:Horizontal inclinometer diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Vertical inclinometer</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Vertical inclinometer.png|750x750px]] [[File:Inclinometer settings.png|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
The inclinometer mode is designed to measure the angle and direction of tilt.<br />
<br />
'''Filtration level''' - how much the tilt angle data will be filtered during sudden changes.<br />
<br />
'''Single-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the X axis (roll) in the horizontal position, i.e. the ZY plane is perpendicular to the installation plane. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 360°. There is no trigger event.<br />
<br />
'''Dual-axis mode''': measures the rotation angle along the Y axis (roll) and the rotation angle along the X axis (pitch) in the horizontal position. It is possible to set zero. The measurement range is 180°. There is no trigger event.<blockquote><big>'''Data transfer in Vertical inclinometer mode is supported only when using [[BA-BLE]]'''</big></blockquote>[[File:Vertical inclinometer diagram.png]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the former design</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE former design .png]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Dimensions of former design DU-BLE.png]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the DU-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Connection dimensions DU-BLE current design .png]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Dimensions of current design DU-BLE.png]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing DU-BLE of the former design'''</big> ===<br />
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to it, install the protective cover and pass the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against its end into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess wire of the seal.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sealing former design DU-BLE.png]]<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing DU-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===<br />
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:New_design_cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover DU-BLE</big>'''<br />
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>DU-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:TD-BLE_with_cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>DU-BLE with cap</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350"><br />
File:Installing_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installing DU-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
File:Installed_TD-BLE_seal.png|'''<big>Installed DU-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.<br />
[[File:Removing_seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for DU-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the current DU-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
<br />
[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_1.png|frameless|433x433px]]<br />
<br />
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
<br />
[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_2.png|frameless|519x519px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal<br />
<br />
[[File:Alternative_sealing_step_3.png|frameless|543x543px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Mounting and direction'''</big> ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant.<br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna_direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
== [[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]] ==<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:DU-BLE update.gif]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the DU-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
* Go to “'''Additional Features'''” <br />
[[File:Additional features DU-BLE.png|546x546px]]<br />
<br />
* Go to FW update <br />
[[File:FW update menu.png|577x577px]]<br />
<br />
* Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!''' <br />
[[File:Start_of_TD-BLE_update.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
* The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!''' <br />
[[File:TD-BLE_update_process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
* When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful <br />
[[File:The_TD-BLE_update_has_been_completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video]<br />
<br />
Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]<br />
<br />
The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/Escort%20DU-BLE%20datasheet.pdf?v=071220114144 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DUBLE#escort-duble Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://docs.google.com/document/d/13xV8zCP8JVlJ-dzKR4HQJ8sr28X-L5w_0APE2Nq293E/edit?usp=sharing Setting up the received readings on the platform]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=ALS&diff=1555ALS2025-10-12T14:06:16Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =<br />
[[RU:ALS| Русская версия]]<br />
[[File:Current design of ALS.jpg|thumb|[https://wikiru.fmeter.ru/images/thumb/8/8d/%D0%A2%D0%B5%D0%BA%D1%83%D1%89%D0%B8%D0%B9_%D0%B4%D0%B8%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BD_ALS.jpg/723px-%D0%A2%D0%B5%D0%BA%D1%83%D1%89%D0%B8%D0%B9_%D0%B4%D0%B8%D0%B7%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BD_ALS.jpg?20241218111713 '''<big>Current design of ALS</big>''']]]<br />
Escort's high-precision water level sensors ("WLS" or "ALS", also referred to as "gauges" or "sensors") are designed to determine the fill level of water in containers, tanks, and storage vessels. The ALS gauge is used in specialized equipment as a water level indicator and in industry as a level sensor for liquids with properties similar to water. The measurement principle of Escort's WLS is capacitive, relying on the dielectric permittivity of the medium; in this case, it measures the level of non-aggressive liquids such as water, aqueous solutions, liquid fertilizers, etc. Materials in contact with the measured liquid include aluminum alloy (AD-31) and polyacetal (PA-6).<br />
<br />
''Note:'' The ALS sensor is not intended for use with liquid food products, such as milk, juices, fermented dairy products, etc., as it is not certified for these applications.<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/water-level-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20ALS.pdf?v=220225205325#page=21 technical data sheet of the device]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =<br />
'''''Aqua Level Sensor (ALS)''''' - device which is used for measuring water level.<br />
<br />
'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with water is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''<br />
* '''Analog'''<br />
* '''Frequency'''<br />
<br />
'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.<br />
<br />
'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)<br />
<br />
'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB (С200М или С200М2) for configuring wired sensors.<br />
<br />
'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.<br />
<br />
'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).<br />
<br />
'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Why Should the Sensor Be Installed at the Geometric Center of a Mobile Tank?'''<br />
<br />
The highest point of the tank should be selected to ensure the sensor can measure the entire liquid level within the tank without any blind spots.<br />
<br />
The liquid level readings from a sensor installed at the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and sloshing of the liquid inside the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor at the center of the tank, consider the option of installing two sensors diagonally at opposite corners. When liquid shifts towards one side of the tank, the corresponding sensor will show an increase in level, while the opposite sensor will show a decrease. This way, the average liquid level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
'''Video Example:'''<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF A video demonstrating the importance of sensor installation at the geometric center of the tank, using a fuel tank as an example.]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/tank must be positioned level with respect to the horizon, i.e., on a flat surface without any incline.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular shape, the sensor should be installed at the point of maximum depth, as close to the geometric center as possible.<br />
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|451x451px]]<br />
<br />
When installation at the center is not possible – use two or more sensors.<br />
<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, two sensors are installed in one tank. This solution is primarily used for tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and a length of at least 1500 mm. Sensors should not be installed directly against the tank walls.<br />
<br />
Additionally, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to position a sensor at the center of the tank and/or if the tank has an elongated shape, meaning the length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
'''Note:''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow for detecting draining and filling. However, increased level fluctuations during movement may prevent the monitoring platform from accurately calculating the liquid consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferred.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions<br />
<br />
=== [[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]] ===<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two water level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
During calibration, two tables need to be created: one for "Sensor 1" (ДУВ 1) and another for "Sensor 2" (ДУВ 2).<br />
<br />
Let's assume the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of the calibration, when the liquid is in the "Red Zone," level changes will only occur on "Sensor 2," so we directly add the calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "Sensor 2."<br />
<br />
When the liquid is in the "Yellow Zone," changes will occur on both "Sensor 1" and "Sensor 2." In this interval, we record changes in both tables with half-step increments. This means we add 10 liters, but in each sensor's table, we record 5 liters.<br />
<br />
When the liquid is in the "Green Zone," changes will occur only on "Sensor 1," so we directly add the calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "Sensor 1."<br />
<br />
On the platform, "Sensor 1" and "Sensor 2" are configured as separate sensors with their own tables, and then a third virtual sensor is created, which sums the liters from both sensors. An example of configuring two sensors on the platform is shown. [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1nZHXENAhi-Do6VU2j5PE9KCO3n76H2fw-wBG70zncXg/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction..]<br />
<br />
[[File:ALS example1.png|frameless|680x680px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION!!!</big>''' The ALS sensor is available with tube lengths of 950mm, 1450mm, 1950mm, and 2450mm.</blockquote><br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes . Be careful during the cutting process to avoid damaging the connection between the tubes and the PCB inside the sensor head, as well as the insulating material of the inner tube.<br />
<br />
'''After cutting the sensor tubes, use the special insulating heat shrink cap included with the sensor for insulating the inner tube. Use a heat gun or any other heating element to shrink the cap properly.'''<br />
<br />
The extension of the water level sensor tubes is not allowed due to the design features of the inner tube.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Dimenstions_TD_150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").<br />
<br />
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.<br />
[[File:Sensor_connected_via_MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Sensor_connected_via_cables_and_cable_clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]<br />
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.<br />
<br />
When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.<br />
<br />
Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.<br />
<br />
If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2].<br />
<br />
If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
<br />
The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:Com_ports_connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Com_ports_selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:<br />
<br />
[[File:Main_page_PC_configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]<br />
<br />
#Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor<br />
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the ALS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)<br />
# Current filtration type and degree<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:FLS_calibration_PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
<br />
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD_150_calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
* '''IMPORTANT! DO NOT INVERT THE SENSOR OR INTRODUCE LIQUID INTO THE INTERNAL TUBING IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO FUEL SENSORS. CALIBRATE THE SENSOR EXCLUSIVELY BY SUBMERGING THE TURBOC INTO A RESERVOIR CONTAINING THE FLUID IN WHICH THE SENSOR WILL BE OPERATED.'''<br />
*The water level sensor is designed based on a fuel sensor platform; therefore, the calibration menu will display the label "Calibration without fuel."<br />
*Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''')<br />
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
*Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''')<br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
* Click '''"OK"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:PC_Empty_calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
*The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete. Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.<br />
<br />
'''<big>WARNING! For the ALS sensor, it is strongly advised to avoid using the automatic dry calibration function (formally labeled as "Calibration without fuel").</big>'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==<br />
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_advanced_menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_advanced_menu_page.png|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_manual_Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire_mode_settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the ALS is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire_range_settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other ALS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').<br />
[[File:Wired_before_changing_Network_address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]<br />
[[File:After_changing_network_address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
'''The process is carried out similarly to the calibration procedure used with fuel sensors. For example, when using a sensor based on the''' [[TD-150]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_security_menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.''' [[File:Password_menu_wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]<br />
*After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon [[File:PC_password_set_menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote><br />
To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired_security_menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]<br />
<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:PC_wired_security_remove_password.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green<br />
<br />
[[File:PC_wired_no_password_menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==<br />
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below<br />
[[:File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|[[File:Wired_RS-485_no_R.png|link=|class=mw-file-element|512x512px]]]]<br />
[[File:Wired_Frequency_mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired_Analog_mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>The ALS sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:Protective_cover_for_wired_FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:New_design_seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:Wired_FLS_with_protective_cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<gallery widths="400" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing_a_seal_on_a_wired_FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:Installed_seal_on_the_wired_FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.<br />
[[File:Removal_of_the_seal_of_the_wired_FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal_after_removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_1.png|frameless|432x432px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_2.png|frameless|435x435px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part<br />
* [[File:Alternative_sealing_of_wired_FLS_step_3.png|frameless|555x555px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Sealing_sensor_of_the_former_design.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==<br />
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire_sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =<br />
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]'''<br />
<br />
'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
'''Error Code 7000: Short Circuit.''' This error indicates that water has infiltrated the sensor head, for example, due to improper calibration practices such as inverting the sensor and introducing water into the sensor tubes, akin to the calibration method used for fuel sensors. '''This practice is strictly prohibited.''' Alternatively, the error may occur if foreign particles have entered between the tubes, causing a short circuit.<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes—preferably by blowing them out through the drainage holes using compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the container and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the container, if necessary. Note that an ALS installed outside a contaminated container may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such container may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:<br />
<br />
* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
** [[File:Com_ports_connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]<br />
** [[File:Com_ports_selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<br />
** If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter<br />
** Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working<br />
** If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)<br />
** When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor<br />
** If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor<br />
** If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.<br />
<br />
To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.<br />
<br />
After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:<br />
<br />
For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor<br />
[[File:RS-485_Logging_Connections_.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]<br />
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:<br />
<br />
Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None<br />
<br />
Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
[[File:Sensor_responds_to_the_terminal_via_RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]<br />
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.<br />
<br />
To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''<br />
[[File:Sending_a_request_to_the_sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]<br />
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this<br />
<br />
'''31$FF$06$29'''<br />
<br />
'''FF''' - 255 in HEX<br />
<br />
'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request<br />
<br />
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8<br />
[[File:CRC_calculation_for_address_255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]<br />
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard ALS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =<br />
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]<br />
<br />
Example of a request and response for 1 network address:<br />
<br />
Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''<br />
<br />
Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Pinout_TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
*'''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/water-level-sensor/Datasheet%20Escort%20ALS.pdf?v=220225205325#page=21 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/water-level-sensor/escort-als/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ALS Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-Online&diff=1554TD-Online2025-10-12T14:00:13Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[File:Td online 01.png|thumb|400x400px|Current design TD-Online]]<br />
[[RU:Td-online| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-Online| Versión en español]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and Purpose of the Sensor'''</big> =<br />
The TD-Online measuring device (sensor) determines the fill level of light petroleum products in tanks (storage containers). It is used in automotive and tractor equipment as a fuel level sensor and in industrial applications as a level sensor for various light petroleum products.<br />
<br />
The sensor converts the level into a digital code and transmits the value to an external server. It also sends information about its location and speed to the external server.<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications can be found in the device's [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 technical datasheet.]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Basic Terms, Definitions, and Specifications''' =<br />
'''Fuel Level Sensor (FLS)''' - a device designed to measure fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor name''' - the sensor identifier among BLE devices, composed of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last six digits of the serial number; for example, TD_100100.<br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - a data transmission mode where the device broadcasts data packets at a set frequency regardless of the presence of a receiving device.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - a data transmission mode where the transmitter waits for connection to a receiving device before starting data packet transmission.<br />
<br />
'''GSM modem standard''' - 4G (backward compatible with 3G, 2G)<br />
<br />
'''GSM module''' - Simcom<br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol to server''' - Wialon IPS<br />
<br />
'''Remote configuration''' - yes (under development)<br />
<br />
'''Point generation frequency''' - adaptive mechanism<br />
<br />
'''Fuel level measurement frequency''' - once per second<br />
<br />
'''Bluetooth data transmission (Advertising)''' - once per second<br />
<br />
'''Engine status tracking capability''' - yes (after calibration based on onboard voltage)<br />
<br />
'''Deviation angle from calibrated horizon''' - yes (3-axis accelerometer; vehicle movement detection)<br />
<br />
'''Roaming on/off''' - yes<br />
<br />
'''Number of SIM cards''' - 1<br />
<br />
'''SIM card size''' - nano<br />
<br />
'''Multi-carrier SIM, multiSIM''' - Yes<br />
<br />
'''Number of servers''' - 1<br />
<br />
'''Support for wired (RS-485) and BLE slave sensors''' - under development (up to 7 sensors total)<br />
<br />
'''BLE scanning frequency''' - continuous (similar to BA-BLE adapters)<br />
<br />
'''Ability to store calibration table in sensor''' - yes (50 entries)<br />
<br />
'''Black box capacity''' - 15,000 records<br />
<br />
'''Single record size (with slave sensors)''' - up to 2 KB<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''<big>SIM Card Installation</big>''' =<br />
Before connecting and configuring the TD-Online (hereafter referred to as "Sensor", "TD-Online", or "TDO"), you must install a SIM card in the slot. To do this, unscrew the cover mounting screws and remove the cover.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagedads.png]][[File:Imagedacsvb.png]]<br />
<br />
Press your finger on the tray cover, slide it sideways and lift it up to open the SIM tray as shown in the photo below.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageafvehry.png]]<br />
<br />
Insert the nano-SIM into the tray, aligning the cut corner of both the tray and SIM card. Close the tray cover, press it firmly with your finger, and slide it sideways (toward the corner with the SIM card's cutout) to lock it into the grooves..<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagefavbsndf.png|280x280px]][[File:Imagecasbdnffmdns.png|281x281px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Connecting the Sensor in the Configuration App''' =<br />
To configure the sensor, connect it to a power source or PC/laptop using either '''C200M''' or '''C200M2''' converter (both Escort converter models can serve as power sources for the sensor).<br />
<br />
# Launch the Escort Configurator application (available on AppStore, Play Store, AppGallery)<br />
# Tap "'''Sensor Configuration'''"<br />
# Swipe down on the screen to refresh - select '''TD-Online''' from the device list<br />
# Choose the sensor from the list and either: Tap the sensor name (1) to view its '''Advertising packet''' (Android devices only), or tap the "'''Connect'''" button (2) directly<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105123 ru fmeter config MainMenuActivity.jpg|495x495px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203604.jpg|497x497px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203843.jpg|498x498px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
First connection - set a password; for subsequent connections - enter the password to gain access to sensor configuration.<br />
<br />
'''Attention! Setting an access password for the sensor is mandatory; otherwise, any user of the application will be able to reconfigure the Sensor. To reset a lost password - contact Escort Group technical support.'''<br />
<br />
To view the Sensor's current data - press '''Data.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105227 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|513x513px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203915.jpg|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Swipe down on the screen to view all sensor data, including its IMEI. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the top left corner ('''1''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105314 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|523x523px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204156.jpg|523x523px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''GSM Settings''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To configure data transmission via the GSM modem, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button. Then proceed to the "GSM Network Setup" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner ('''2''') returns you to the previous menu.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|568x568px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204425.jpg|568x568px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 220616.jpg|right|587x587px]]<br />
Fill in the "'''APN'''", "'''Username'''", and "'''Password'''" fields ('''1, 2, 3''') with the settings provided by your mobile operator for the SIM card installed in the Sensor.<br />
<br />
In the "'''PIN Code'''" field, enter the PIN code of the SIM card installed in the Sensor (if applicable) ('''4''').<br />
<br />
Enable or disable data transmission in roaming ('''5''').<br />
<br />
You can change the synchronization server if you know the address of an alternative server you require ('''6''').<br />
<br />
Enable or disable message bundling ('''7'''). If this option is disabled, each sensor record will be transmitted as a separate message.<br />
<br />
After making any changes to the settings, press the "'''Apply'''" button ('''8''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner ('''9''') returns you to the previous menu.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Server Settings''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To access server settings, tap the "'''GPS/GLONASS and GSM Setup'''" button, then select "'''Server Settings'''" ('''1'''). Use the arrow in the top left corner to return to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|600x600px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221056.jpg|600x600px]]<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221359.jpg|right|603x603px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Fill in the fields "'''Server IP'''", "'''Port'''", and "'''Server access password'''" ('''1, 2, 3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the required data in the monitoring platform you use.<br />
<br />
For example, when working with Wialon, you need to select the "'''Wialon IPS'''" option in the object settings. The platform will provide its own '''IP''' and '''port'''. These need to be entered in the sensor configuration.<br />
<br />
The server access password must be the same in both the Sensor settings and the object settings on the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Select the data transfer connection type - '''TCP''' or '''UDP''' ('''4'''); '''the choice depends on the requirements of your monitoring platform.'''<br />
<br />
Enter the "'''Unique device ID'''" if required by your platform ('''5''').<br />
<br />
To save any changes to the settings, click '''Apply''' ('''6''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner is for returning to the previous menu ('''7''').<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Data Transmission to Server''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To configure the data transmission frequency to the server, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button, then go to the "'''Message Transmission Settings'''" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|617x617px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221857.jpg|617x617px]]<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221732.jpg|right|666x666px]]<br />
Specify the "'''Transmission Period'''" in seconds ('''1''').<br />
<br />
This is the standard data transmission interval during movement. For example, if you set it to 60 seconds, the Sensor will send data to the server every 60 seconds while in motion, regardless of whether one or more of the following events occur:<br />
<br />
* Sudden acceleration (calculated by coordinates);<br />
* Sharp turn (calculated by coordinates);<br />
* Ignition turning on (by voltage in the onboard network);<br />
<br />
The "'''Minimum Transmission Period'''" field ('''2'''). For example, if you set it to 10 seconds: in this case the sensor won't send data more frequently than once every 10 seconds, even if the above events occur more often than once every 10 seconds.<br />
<br />
"'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" ('''3''') - this is the value by which the message transmission interval will increase if the Sensor detects a stop (according to its accelerometer readings).<br />
<br />
For example, with a "'''Transmission Period'''" of 60 seconds and a "'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" of 5, during parking (with ignition off) data will be transmitted once every 60×5=300 seconds, i.e. once every 5 minutes.<br />
<br />
"'''Turn Angle Threshold'''" ('''4''') - a threshold value in degrees, upon exceeding which the Sensor registers a sharp turn based on its accelerometer readings.<br />
<br />
"'''Speed Threshold'''" ('''5''') - a threshold value of speed calculated by the Sensor based on coordinate changes; if the speed changes abruptly by the specified value, the Sensor registers the event and generates an out-of-sequence message (but no more frequently than once per the minimum transmission period (2)).<br />
<br />
After making changes to the settings, click Apply ('''6''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner - to return to the previous menu ('''7''').<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= General Parameters Transmitted by the Sensor =<br />
<br />
<br />
'''msg_num''' - sequential record number since startup;<br />
<br />
'''SNR''' - signal-to-noise ratio for GPS;<br />
<br />
'''pwr''' - power supply voltage;<br />
<br />
'''temp''' - temperature;<br />
<br />
'''angle''' - tilt angle relative to horizontal;<br />
<br />
'''fl''' - fuel level;<br />
<br />
'''fp''' - fuel level counter (CNT);<br />
<br />
'''flX''' - (fl0...fl7) - slave devices' fuel levels;<br />
<br />
'''ftX''' - (ft0...ft7) - slave devices' temperatures;<br />
<br />
'''fpX''' - (fp0...fp7) - slave devices' fuel level counters (CNT);<br />
<br />
'''move''' - whether in motion;<br />
<br />
'''engine''' - whether engine is running.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
= [[File:Callibration_GIF.gif]] =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<br />
<br />
Difference Between CNT and Calibration Values ("'''Empty'''" or "'''Full'''")<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should:<br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing_the_drain_holes,_rotating_the_sensor,_and_filling_the_tubes_with_fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling_the_tubes_by_immersing_the_sensor_in_fuel_(drain_holes_open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Unblocking_drain_holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration_without_fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT_before_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT_after_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.<br />
[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''Calibration of engine hours function''' =<br />
After installing '''TD-Online''' in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply.<br />
<br />
Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Wait for '''3-5 minutes''', then press the "'''Calibrate'''" button in the "'''Engine On'''" section ('''1''').<br />
<br />
Then, turn off the engine. Wait for 3-5 minutes and press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Engine Off'''" section ('''2''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''3''').<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|666x666px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224240.jpg|666x666px]]<br />
<br />
= '''Accelerometer Calibration''' =<br />
After installing TD-Online in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply. Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface.<br />
<br />
Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Zero Angle Calibration'''" section ('''1''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|663x663px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224329.jpg|663x663px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing_fuel_vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it[[File:Choosing_a_location_for_installing_the_FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little_hole_drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled_drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing_metal_part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor_position_and_fuel_flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.<br />
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank_calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring_height_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring_tubes_length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.<br />
[[File:Cutting_the_tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet_connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal_connection_of_the_collet_connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet_connection_installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former_design_dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current_design_dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE_dimensions,_current_design_.png]]<br />
<br />
= '''How to connect''' =<br />
[[File:Imagecac.png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing_the_sensor_inside_the_tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing_the_self-tapping_screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings_Tank_calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank_calibration_filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder_search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start_tank_calibration_folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting_type_of_tank_calibration_.png]]<br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank_calibration_draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_first_line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank_calibration_mode_notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving_the_calibration_table_and_exiting_calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming_tank_calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing_a_tank_calibration_line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank_calibration_GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_a_second_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration_table_with_10_liters_already_in_the_tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_complex_shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing_portion_size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex_shaped_tank_next_step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank_is_full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full_table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank_calibration_table_in_.csv_format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings_Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration_Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration_effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Tank mounting'''</big> ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu and press '''Conversion to liters''' .<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.</blockquote>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.<br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate_page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate_page_settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.<br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate_page_settings_2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate_disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate_enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level_7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level_6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdonline Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-150-BLE&diff=1553TD-150-BLE2025-10-12T13:59:28Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =<br />
[[RU:TD-150-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-150-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design TD-150-BLE</big>''']]<br />
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the '''Escort''' brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-150-BLE''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
The TD-150-BLE is a wired FLS with bluetooth transmission and configuration capability. The sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' '''mode'''; the frequency of data sending is every second. The frequency of fuel level sensor measurement is also every second.<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 technical data sheet of the device.]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =<br />
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.<br />
<br />
'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150 BLE, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. and over the '''Bluetooth interface''', the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets.<br />
<br />
'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;<br />
<br />
'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol.<br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''[[BA-BLE|База BA-BLE]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''<br />
* '''Analog'''<br />
* '''Frequency'''<br />
<br />
'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.<br />
<br />
'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)<br />
<br />
'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200M2.pdf?v=150323104901 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.<br />
<br />
'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.<br />
<br />
'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).<br />
<br />
'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank<br />
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|656x656px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it<br />
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.<br />
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|686x686px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|691x691px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length <br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''.</blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|859x859px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|841x841px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|850x850px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|649x649px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a mobile application on Android</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== Geolocation ===<br />
Start the configurator. Enable bluetooth, geolocation and also make sure that the application has access to Geolocation.<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|frameless]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the Escort Configurator app for [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 IOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android]. <br />
<br />
[[File:Connection TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-150-BLE (TW)'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless|842x842px]] [[File:TW-BLE connection page.png|frameless|842x842px]]<br />
<br />
Find the '''required sensor (1)''' by typing the '''last 6 digits of its serial number'''. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the '''Connect (2) button'''. On an '''Android device''', you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in '''advertising mode (3)''' will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Connection and advertising TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD 150 BLE main page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version '''(FW)''' installed in the sensor<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current filtration type<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
# Current level<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically.<br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|711x711px]]<br />
<br />
Then on the tab that appears, in the password operation box, enter the '''password(1)''' to be used later and press '''Install(2)'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE setting password .png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big><u>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</u></big>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Calibration TD 150 BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
<br />
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')<br />
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE Full calibration.png|frameless]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')<br />
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE Empty setting.png|frameless|805x805px]]<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|731x731px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE calibration without fuel.png|frameless|710x710px]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Go to settings page <br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE settings page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need ('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE mode setting.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''. <br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE range setting.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE network address mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|<big>'''Installing the sensor inside the tank'''</big><br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0. <br />
<br />
Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.<br />
<br />
Then go to the tank calibration menu<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Folder search.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|403x403px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|465x465px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* You only need to set the median filter type<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|756x756px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|870x870px]] <br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set and install.jpg|frameless|876x876px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE additional features.png|frameless|875x875px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE password set menu.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via the configurator on a PC</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|701x701px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|693x693px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]<br />
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.<br />
<br />
When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.<br />
<br />
Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.<br />
<br />
If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://remontka.pro/disable-drivers-signature-check-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%94%D1%80%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%20%D0%B4%D0%BB%D1%8F%20C-200M2.zip?v=150323104902 drivers for the С200M2]. <br />
<br />
If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
<br />
The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|720x720px]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:<br />
<br />
[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|708x708px]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor<br />
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)<br />
# Current filtration type and degree<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|663x663px]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|660x660px]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''') <br />
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|516x516px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''') <br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
* Click '''"OK"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|568x568px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|678x678px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|624x624px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|623x623px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|575x575px]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''. <br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|584x584px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').<br />
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]<br />
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|636x636px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tare menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to tare a 100L tank in ten 10L portions. <br />
<br />
To do this you should:<br />
<br />
* Connect sensor<br />
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No” (1)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<br />
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:<br />
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration<br />
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. '''The Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select '''the Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
* Select portion size<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote><br />
<br />
* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized<br />
<br />
An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|413x413px]]<br />
<br />
You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|429x429px]]<br />
<br />
Next, add the following row to your table.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Continue this until the tank is full. <br />
<br />
However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.<br />
<br />
Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]<br />
<br />
When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|470x470px]] [[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.<br />
<br />
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.<br />
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]<br />
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table below for our recommendations.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''<br />
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>5</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''<br />
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|485x485px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|680x680px]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* Only median filtering type should be set<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|777x777px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')<br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|601x601px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|607x607px]]<br />
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon<br />
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|602x602px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''') <br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|592x592px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''<br />
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|590x590px]]<br />
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green<br />
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|587x587px]]<br />
<br />
Attention! By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== General instructions ==<br />
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|938x938px]]<br />
<br />
Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.<br />
<br />
To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).<br />
<br />
'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''<br />
<br />
Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>BLE connection</big>''' ===<br />
The TD-150-BLE sensor also has the option to connect to a tracker or [[BA-BLE]] base via bluetooth with a data transmission rate of every second.<br />
<br />
'''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
<br />
== Connection diagrams ==<br />
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]<br />
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.<br />
<br />
'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).<br />
<br />
The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|488x488px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<br />
<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.<br />
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|474x474px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|511x511px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|655x655px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==<br />
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|477x477px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =<br />
'''[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QSV6y3iBXCMrMlRcXiNggKAV9AbVWAwD/view?usp=drive_link There is also a video instructional guide]''' <br />
<br />
'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE downloads section of our website]'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:<br />
<br />
* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)"<br />
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|748x748px]]<br />
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|747x747px]]<br />
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter<br />
<br />
* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working<br />
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)<br />
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor<br />
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor<br />
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.<br />
<br />
To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.<br />
<br />
After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:<br />
<br />
For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor<br />
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|651x651px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]<br />
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:<br />
<br />
Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None<br />
<br />
Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|662x662px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]<br />
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.<br />
<br />
To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''<br />
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|644x644px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]<br />
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this<br />
<br />
'''31$FF$06$29'''<br />
<br />
'''FF''' - 255 in HEX<br />
<br />
'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request<br />
<br />
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8<br />
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|650x650px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]<br />
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =<br />
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]<br />
<br />
Example of a request and response for 1 network address: <br />
<br />
Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''<br />
<br />
Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|797x797px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =<br />
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''<br />
<br />
It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.<br />
<br />
At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.<br />
<br />
First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|610x610px]]<br />
<br />
A window for generating commands for sending will open:<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|594x594px]]<br />
<br />
Here you need:<br />
<br />
# Choose what type of commandd to generate<br />
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent<br />
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command<br />
# Click on the '''Generate''' button<br />
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal<br />
<br />
ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need. <br />
<br />
[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|650x650px]]<br />
<br />
To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:<br />
<br />
# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with 3E01..., and paste it into the input/output field in the Remote control tab of the Escort configurator<br />
# Click on '''Decode reply'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|630x630px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150_BLE.pdf?v=271022141800 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-600&diff=1552TD-6002025-10-12T13:59:05Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:ТД-600| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-600| Versión en español]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =<br />
[[File:TD-600.png|thumb|223x223px|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]<br />
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The '''TD-600''' meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 technical data sheet of the device]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =<br />
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.<br />
<br />
'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-600, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces'''.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-600 has the following operating modes:<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS protocol'''<br />
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''<br />
* '''RS-232''' '''Passive via LLS protocol'''<br />
* '''RS-232''' '''Active via LLS and ASCII'''<br />
* '''Analog'''<br />
* '''Frequency'''<br />
<br />
'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.<br />
<br />
'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.<br />
<br />
'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''RS-232''' - digital data transmission mode. It works according to '''LLS and ASCII''' protocol, if there is a '''LLS''' request the sensor responds according to '''LLS''' protocol if there is no request the sensor actively outputs data in ASCII format. On the basis of '''CNT''' the value in conventional units of the selected range is formed (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units). On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.<br />
<br />
'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).<br />
<br />
'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.<br />
<br />
'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank<br />
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|712x712px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it<br />
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole using a bimetallic bit'''; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']]<br />
* [[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|625x625px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|596x596px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|780x780px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|772x772px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|753x753px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]<br />
Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|750x750px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|459x459px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
The sensor can be configured using the '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator%20for%20WinXP.zip?v=300721140058 configurator on PC] version 2.7.1</big>''' (hereinafter referred to as “'''configurator'''”).<br />
<br />
If you get an error when running configurator 2.7.1, you need to install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/other/Component_registration.zip?v=270519154439 additional Microsoft libraries.]<br />
<br />
After starting the installation of components, you must wait for the message that the installation is complete, this may take a long time on some computers. <br />
<br />
[[File:Runtimepack installation.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|759x759px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|758x758px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]<br />
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.<br />
<br />
When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.<br />
<br />
Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.<br />
<br />
If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to disable the electronic signature of drivers and manually install drivers for the С200M2. <br />
<br />
If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
<br />
The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|830x830px]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the inverter, the sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers with checking the com port number of the inverter it is necessary to open the configurator, select the necessary com port which we could find out in the device manager(1) and press the button '''Open port'''(2).<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator.jpg|frameless|823x823px]]<br />
<br />
After opening the port, connect the sensor to the transmitter and click '''Search for sensors'''<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Connection.jpg|frameless|818x818px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor, you should see this menu:<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator data.jpg|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Current value “Empty”<br />
# Current value “Full”<br />
# Network address of the sensor being polled (This address is used for RS-485 and RS-232 mode connections)<br />
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Additional sensor settings such as: Master mode, range (1024 il 4096), angle transmission redim.<br />
# Current degree of filtration<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:TD-600 calibration PC example.gif|frameless|600x600px]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes - you must perform a sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by covering the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes by turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for CNT level to stabilize (1)<br />
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Full”<br />
* The value “'''Full'''”(3) should change to a value close to the current CNT value (1), but not equal to it, because this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Level .jpg|frameless|798x798px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|517x517px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Click “'''Set Current level'''” (2) opposite “Empty”<br />
* The value "'''Empty'''" (3) should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 configurator Full.jpg|frameless|872x872px]]<br />
<br />
* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.<br />
<br />
Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==<br />
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the calibration values Full and Empty of the previously calibrated sensor into the corresponding fields in the configurator and click “Set” against “Empty” and “Full” <br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Manual set .jpg|frameless|835x835px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
Under '''Modes''' (1), you can switch between the sensor's operating modes. The mode name is the same as the interface used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal.<br />
<br />
Check the desired mode and press '''Set''' (2).<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator mode set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V''' <br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''<br />
<br />
- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.<br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:<br />
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode); <br />
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;<br />
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in ASCII format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, RS-232, Active RS-485 or Frequency modes, you can select a range of 1-1023 or 1-4095 (1) . In frequency mode, the range will be 300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, press “'''Set'''” (2).<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator range set.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]<br />
<br />
The range 1-1023 is most often used for sensors that are shorter than 1 meter. However, if it is a stationary tank with a small height, while the length and width are greater than 2-3 meters, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range of 0-255, click “'''Change Network Address'''” (1), enter the new address (2), click “'''OK'''”(3), then you need to “'''Search for Sensors'''”(4), to connect to the sensor with the new address. <br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Network address changes.jpg|frameless|835x835px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Additional options</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== Master mode ===<br />
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232<br />
<br />
Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves: <br />
<br />
'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''<br />
<br />
where t_* is temperature in HEX<br />
<br />
11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.<br />
<br />
N_* is level in HEX<br />
<br />
0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37<br />
<br />
The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.<br />
<br />
To enable the master mode, check the '''Master mode''' checkbox and click '''Set mode'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master mode.jpg|frameless|449x449px]]<br />
<br />
To set up connection between TD-600 Master and slave sensors, check '''S1 ... S7 lines''' and enter network addresses of each slave sensor in the '''Net_Num''' field. Set an individual network address for each slave sensor in the settings of both the master and the slave itself and then click '''Set'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator master sensors.jpg|frameless|765x765px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===<br />
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.<br />
<br />
To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.<br />
<br />
For this purpose, select RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode) The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.<br />
<br />
Check the ''''Angle'''<nowiki/>' box (1) in the '''Modes''' section of the configurator. Then, click '''Set''' (2) first and then '''Search for sensors'''.<br />
<br />
In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.<br />
<br />
Press '''Horizon''' (3) to calibrate the tilt zero.<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator angle settings.jpg|frameless|816x816px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this you should:<br />
* Connect sensor Make sure that the filtration is set to “No” (1). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time. Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this:[[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|393x393px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration<br />
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The Filling method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
* Select portion size<br />
<br />
<blockquote>ATTENTION! Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote><br />
<br />
* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized<br />
<br />
An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|356x356px]]<br />
<br />
You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]<br />
<br />
Next, add the following row to your table.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Continue this until the tank is full. <br />
<br />
However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.<br />
<br />
Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]<br />
<br />
When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.<br />
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''<br />
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>5</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''<br />
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains unchanged.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the tank calibration is complete, select the desired filtration degree (1) and press “Set mode” (2)<br />
<br />
[[File:2.7.1 Configurator Filtration.jpg|frameless|775x775px]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* You only need to set the median filter type<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|807x807px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Click on the “Set Password” button(1), in the menu that opens you can enter a password consisting of numbers(2) and click “OK”(3) '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0'''. <br />
* [[File:2.7.1 Configurator password.jpg|frameless|868x868px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To remove the password on the sensor <br />
<br />
* Enter the password in the “'''Enter Password'''” menu<br />
* Click set password and enter password 0<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' No password is set on the sensor by default! If you have connected a sensor and a password has already been set on the sensor, please contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:<br />
<br />
* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support<br />
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2<br />
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone<br />
<br />
'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''<br />
<br />
By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:<br />
<br />
* calibrate the sensor<br />
* change filtering level<br />
* change network address<br />
* select the sensor operating mode<br />
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)<br />
* set or change password<br />
* calibrate the tank<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|500x500px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|498x498px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]<br />
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram<br />
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings<br />
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]<br />
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')<br />
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')<br />
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]<br />
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK<br />
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]<br />
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone<br />
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.<br />
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]<br />
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector<br />
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current filtration type and level<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|688x688px]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')<br />
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|456x456px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|546x546px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Mobile configurator Empty set.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Go to Settings<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 mobile mode.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''. On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
- '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V''' <br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''<br />
<br />
- '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.<br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''- R232 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-232connection interface(input Rx and Tx); On sensors with a serial number higher than '''26339 RS-485 and''' '''RS-232 work in parallel.'''<br />
<br />
In this mode, the sensor waits for a request from the terminal via the LLS protocol, e.g:<br />
<br />
* '''3101066C''' is a request for information about the fuel level and temperature of the sensor with network number 1 (Sensor ID in RS-232 mode);<br />
* '''3E0106110100010030''' sensor response to the above request; 11 – temperature in HEX (17°C), 01 00 – level 00 01 HEX (reverse byte order, 1501 is 0115 converts to 276); the rest of the bytes are not informative, except for the last one, which is the checksum CRC-8 MAXIM;<br />
* If the sensor does not receive such requests within 10 sec, it starts sending its readings in '''ASCII''' format, for example '''F=С0F2 t=11 N=0001.0 <CR><LF>''') F is CNT, t is temperature, N is level, all in HEX.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 data examples.jpg|frameless|919x919px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|413x413px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|488x488px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|845x845px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== Master mode ===<br />
The TD-600 sensor also has an additional master mode in which the TD-600 polls up to 7 connected sensors (slaves) via RS-485 using the LLS protocol and transmits its and their data in ASCII format in the active mode via RS-232<br />
<br />
Example of information output by a sensor with 2 connected slaves:<br />
<br />
'''t_0=11;N_0=0001.0;t_1=15;N_1=02D8.0;t_2=FFFFFFBF;N_2=0025.0'''<br />
<br />
where t_* is temperature in HEX<br />
<br />
11 is 17°C, 15 is 21°C, '''FFFFFFBF''' is a negative value, the first 6 digits can be ignored BF is 191 so the value is -65°C via the following formula x-256.<br />
<br />
N_* is level in HEX<br />
<br />
0001 is 1, 02D8 is 728, 0025 is 37<br />
<br />
The digit after the number means the slave number, 0 is the data of TD-600 itself, 1-7 are the slave numbers.<br />
<br />
To activate the wizard mode, go to the “'''Master Mode'''” menu <br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 master mode mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Check “'''Master Mode'''” and enable the required number of slaves and specify their addresses, they must be different from each other and from the sensor address. And then click “'''Set'''”<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 master settings mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Angle measurement</big>''' ===<br />
Sometimes monitoring platforms may detect false drains and refueling while the vehicle is moving.<br />
<br />
To solve this problem, you can use readings of the accelerometer built into the TD-600 sensor.<br />
<br />
For this purpose, select '''RS-485 only (this function will not work in Periodic RS-485 mode or in any other mode)''' The main network address of the sensor must be different from 255.<br />
<br />
In this mode the tilt angle will be transmitted to the next from the main address of the sensor.<br />
<br />
To enable tilt angle transmission, go to “'''Additional features'''”<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Enable the switch '''"Transmit angle"'''<br />
<br />
To calibrate the tilt zero, you must press “'''Set 0'''”<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 angle set mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.<br />
<br />
Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.<br />
<br />
Then go to the tank calibration menu<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 tank calibration mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').<br />
<br />
In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.<br />
<br />
The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|483x483px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|462x462px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|415x415px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration”''' ('''1''') and click '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* Only median filtering type should be set<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|766x766px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu <br />
<br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Go to the '''"Additional Features"''' menu <br />
<br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==<br />
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 RS-485.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 RS-232.png|frameless|501x501px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 Frequency.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-600 analog.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|451x451px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<br />
<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.<br />
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|461x461px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|457x457px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|460x460px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==<br />
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =<br />
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]''' <br />
<br />
'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 downloads section of our website]'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the '''Settings''' menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:<br />
<br />
* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port (1)(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A (2)(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press win+r and enter devmgmt.msc and press OK (3) and then expand the com ports submenu (4)" <br />
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|691x691px]]<br />
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|697x697px]]<br />
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter<br />
<br />
* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working<br />
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)<br />
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor<br />
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor<br />
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.<br />
<br />
To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.<br />
<br />
After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:<br />
<br />
For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor<br />
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]<br />
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:<br />
<br />
Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None<br />
<br />
Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|529x529px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]<br />
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.<br />
<br />
To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''<br />
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|528x528px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]<br />
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this<br />
<br />
'''31$FF$06$29'''<br />
<br />
'''FF''' - 255 in HEX<br />
<br />
'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request<br />
<br />
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8<br />
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|595x595px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]<br />
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =<br />
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]<br />
<br />
Example of a request and response for 1 network address: <br />
<br />
Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''<br />
<br />
Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Pinout TD-600.jpg|frameless|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =<br />
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:<br />
<br />
'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]''' <br />
<br />
It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.<br />
<br />
At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.<br />
<br />
First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
A window for generating commands for sending will open:<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]<br />
<br />
Here you need:<br />
<br />
# Choose what type of commandd to generate<br />
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent<br />
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command<br />
# Click on the '''Generate''' button<br />
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal<br />
<br />
ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need. <br />
<br />
[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]<br />
<br />
To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:<br />
<br />
# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator<br />
# Click on '''Decode reply'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-600.pdf?v=101024180549 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-500&diff=1551TD-5002025-10-12T13:58:33Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:ТД-500| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-500| Versión en español]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =<br />
[[File:TD-500 design current.png|thumb|239x239px|'''<big>Current design of TD-500</big>''']]<br />
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-500 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 technical data sheet of the device.]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =<br />
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.<br />
<br />
'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''. The TD-500 sensor also supports '''MODBUS''' protocol, [[MODBUS TD-500|description]].<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-500 has the following operating modes:<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 Passive via LLS and MODBUS protocol'''<br />
* '''RS-485 Active via LLS protocol'''<br />
* '''Analog'''<br />
* '''Frequency'''<br />
* '''Impulse'''<br />
<br />
'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.<br />
<br />
'''RS-485''' '''Passive'''- digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the '''LLS''' and '''MODBUS''' protocols. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)<br />
<br />
'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.<br />
<br />
'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-5V.<br />
<br />
'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).<br />
<br />
'''''Impulse''''' - mode, in which a 27 Hz pulse train is formed on the basis of CNT. The number of pulses in the pack corresponds to the measured fuel level. The minimum level corresponds to a pack of 2 pulses, the maximum - to a pack of 1025 pulses.<br />
<br />
'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary <br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank<br />
* [[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|766x766px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank''' '''and''' '''drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it<br />
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']]<br />
* [[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm''' hole using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.<br />
* [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/3psA2ACmw7w?si=zQ7n_N6h0HseNdfF Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|803x803px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|821x821px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|862x862px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|860x860px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|622x622px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|745x745px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z0HSGDMR3rQ Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|635x635px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").<br />
<br />
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|742x742px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|747x747px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]<br />
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.<br />
<br />
When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.<br />
<br />
Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.<br />
<br />
If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2]. <br />
<br />
If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
<br />
The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|798x798px]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|661x661px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:<br />
<br />
[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|685x685px]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor<br />
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)<br />
# Current filtration type and degree<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|636x636px]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|634x634px]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''2''') <br />
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|344x344px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|509x509px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centralizer at the end of the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''') <br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (1), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
* Click "'''OK"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|585x585px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
[[File:Calibration_values_calibration_without_fuel_PC.png|none|thumb|366x366px|'''<big>Calibration values after calibration without fuel</big>''']]<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
* From 1 to1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|644x644px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|644x644px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-500 modes.png|frameless|697x697px]]<br />
<br />
*'''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol''' or '''MODBUS protocol ([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''<br />
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''.<br />
* '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<br />
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.<br />
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V''' <br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|643x643px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').<br />
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|625x625px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]<br />
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this you should:<br />
<br />
* Connect sensor<br />
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<br />
* Create an Excel table. Save it in .csv format. The first row of the table should look like this: <br />
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless|419x419px]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration<br />
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
* Select portion size<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote><br />
<br />
* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized<br />
<br />
An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]][[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|432x432px]]<br />
<br />
You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]<br />
<br />
Next, add the following row to your table.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Continue this until the tank is full. <br />
<br />
However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.<br />
<br />
Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|500x500px]]<br />
<br />
When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|472x472px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.<br />
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]<br />
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Tank volume</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''<br />
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>5</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Over 1000</big>'''<br />
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|688x688px]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* You only need to set the median filter type<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|796x796px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''') <br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.''' <br />
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|611x611px]]<br />
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon <br />
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''') <br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"''' <br />
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|722x722px]]<br />
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green <br />
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:<br />
<br />
* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support<br />
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2<br />
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone<br />
<br />
'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''<br />
<br />
By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:<br />
<br />
* calibrate the sensor<br />
* change filtering level<br />
* change network address<br />
* select the sensor operating mode<br />
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)<br />
* set or change password<br />
* calibrate the tank<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|574x574px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|566x566px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]<br />
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram<br />
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings<br />
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')<br />
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')<br />
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]<br />
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK<br />
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]<br />
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone<br />
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.<br />
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]<br />
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector<br />
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current filtration type and level<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Deselect the "'''Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''1''')<br />
* Press "'''Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value "'''Full'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT (2), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|463x463px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|531x531px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Click "'''Empty'''" ('''3''')<br />
* The value "'''Empty'''" ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless|381x381px]]<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|670x670px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the "'''Calibrate without fue'''l" switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press "'''Calibrate'''" ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Go to Settings<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol and MODBUS protocol'''. '''([[MODBUS ТД-500|description]])'''<br />
* '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''<br />
* '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<br />
* '''Impulse mode''' should be used when the sensor is connected to the impulse input of the terminal.<br />
* '''Analog mode''' is used when the sensor is connected to the analog input of the terminal (AIN), which can receive a signal from the sensor '''in the range of ≈0.2V ... ≈5.0V''' <br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|450x450px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|586x586px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|514x514px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless|569x569px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0.<br />
<br />
Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.<br />
<br />
Then go to the tank calibration menu<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').<br />
<br />
In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.<br />
<br />
The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|386x386px|'''<big>Editing a tank calibration line</big>''']]<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “'''Filtration'''” ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-150 BLE set parameters.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== Recommended filtration level for wired FLS ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* Only median filtering type should be set<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu <br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu <br />
<br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click “'''Remove'''” <br />
<br />
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== General instructions ==<br />
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|940x940px]]<br />
<br />
Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.<br />
<br />
To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).<br />
<br />
'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''<br />
<br />
Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.<br />
<br />
== Connection diagrams ==<br />
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]<br />
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-500</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|460x460px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<br />
<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.<br />
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|533x533px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|511x511px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|517x517px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|664x664px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==<br />
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =<br />
[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit]'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483 <br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' for sensors with serial number higher than 254483 <br />
<br />
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1KZYZBx8zbcA7TRlT8QX4W5yt2mHhz334fVjsXdTpS4c/edit Firmware update instructions]''' for sensors with serial number higher below 254483 <br />
<br />
'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 downloads section of our website]'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:<br />
<br />
* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|853x853px]]<br />
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|684x684px]]<br />
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter<br />
<br />
* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working<br />
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)<br />
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor<br />
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor<br />
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.<br />
<br />
To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.<br />
<br />
After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:<br />
<br />
For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor<br />
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|579x579px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''']]<br />
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:<br />
<br />
Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None<br />
<br />
Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|555x555px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]<br />
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.<br />
<br />
To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''<br />
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|550x550px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]<br />
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this<br />
<br />
'''31$FF$06$29'''<br />
<br />
'''FF''' - 255 in HEX<br />
<br />
'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request<br />
<br />
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8<br />
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|544x544px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]<br />
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =<br />
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/12cmqjmKU7KKg6ms8wnTsv6Ttb1gohf8b/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]<br />
<br />
Example of a request and response for 1 network address: <br />
<br />
Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''<br />
<br />
Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =<br />
[[File:TD-500 wiring.png|frameless|704x704px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =<br />
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/n_HxgImFvPs Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/npxXyVOtfh0 Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p6JkD-AuSHk UMKa]'''<br />
<br />
It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.<br />
<br />
At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.<br />
<br />
First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|714x714px]]<br />
<br />
A window for generating commands for sending will open:<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|674x674px]]<br />
<br />
Here you need:<br />
<br />
# Choose what type of commandd to generate<br />
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent<br />
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command<br />
# Click on the '''Generate''' button<br />
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal<br />
<br />
ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need. <br />
<br />
[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|700x700px]]<br />
<br />
To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:<br />
<br />
# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01'''..., and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote'' ''control'' tab of the Escort configurator<br />
# Click on '''Decode reply'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|717x717px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|718x718px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-500/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-500.pdf?v=070224170633 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-150&diff=1550TD-1502025-10-12T13:58:00Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>= '''<big>Definition and purpose of the sensor</big>''' =<br />
[[RU:TD-150| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-150| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-150.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design of TD-150</big>''']]<br />
High-precision fuel level sensors (FLS, also meters or sensors) of the Escort brand are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. The TD-150 meter (sensor) is used in transport technology as a fuel level meter, in industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 technical data sheet of the device.]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Basic terms and concepts'''</big> =<br />
'''''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' -'' device which is used for measuring fuel level.<br />
<br />
'''''Serial number''' -'' code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''''CNT''' -'' an oscillatory circuit, thanks to which the basic level of filling of the sensor measuring tubes with fuel is calculated. This level is converted to a final value determined by the data interface.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer protocol''''' - a set of specific logical-level rules or conventions that govern the exchange of data between different programs or devices. For TD-150, the main transmission protocol is '''LLS via the RS-485 interface'''.<br />
<br />
'''''Data transfer mode''''' - this is a type of boundary between two objects or nodes, which are regulated by a special accepted standard and implemented using established methods, tools and rules. TD-150 has the following operating modes:<br />
<br />
* '''RS-485 (Passive and Active)'''<br />
* '''Analog'''<br />
* '''Frequency'''<br />
<br />
'''''Interface''''' - a physical connection method and/or a set of software tools that allows data to be transferred between two or more devices.<br />
<br />
'''''RS-485''''' - digital data transmission mode. The sensor waits for a corresponding request from the receiving device. Works using the LLS protocol. Based on CNT, a value is generated in conventional units of the selected range (1-1023 units or 1-4095 units)<br />
<br />
'''''Converter''''' - digital converter RS-485 to USB ([https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/escort_c-200m/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82%20%D0%A1-200%D0%9C.pdf?v=200320145441 С200М] или [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Datasheet%20Escort%20C-200M2.pdf?v=050623134318 С200М2]) for configuring wired sensors.<br />
<br />
'''''Active (periodic) RS-485''''' - operating mode in which the sensor, without waiting for a request from the receiver, itself transmits packets with command data within 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
'''''Analog''''' - mode in which a corresponding voltage is generated based on the CNT in the approximate range of 0.2-9V.<br />
<br />
'''''Frequency''''' - mode in which the corresponding frequency in Hz is generated based on the CNT (301-1323 Hz with a value range of 1-1023; 301-4395 Hz with a value range of 1-4095).<br />
<br />
'''''Navigation terminal''''' - the main element of the system for monitoring the operation of transportation carried out by means of satellite communication. Without it, it is impossible to control transportation, to determine the coordinates of the vehicle location. It collects information from sensors and on-board system of the vehicle, and then transmits it to the device/server, which belong to the controlling specialist.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparation</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|787x787px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it<br />
* [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']][[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a Drilled Disc</big>''']]If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T0Pd6TOpuc8&ab_channel=EscortSensors Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|874x874px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|470x470px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|451x451px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|885x885px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|887x887px|'''<big>Measuring height of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|893x893px|'''<big>Measuring the length of tubes</big>''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''<big>Cutting the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|749x749px|'''<big>Collet connection</big>''']]<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible.<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''<big>Internal connection of the collet connection</big>''']]<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|764x764px|'''<big>Collet connection installed</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel for a real-time overview of the connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Dimenstions TD 150.png|none|thumb|702x702px|'''<big>Connection dimensions of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 the configurator on a PC]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Installation of the configurator and connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
The sensor can be configured using [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 '''<big>the configurator on a PC</big>'''] (From here onwards- "'''configurator'''").<br />
<br />
'''Connect the sensor to the USB-RS-485 converter using a 6-pin MOLEX connector''' or using cable clamps if a cable route is connected to the sensor. Orange wire is line A of the RS-485 sensor interface, white wire is line B of the RS-485 sensor interface, black wire is GND, red is PWR.<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via MOLEX.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via MOLEX</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps.png|none|thumb|731x731px|'''<big>Sensor connected via cables and cable clamps</big>''']]<br />
We recommend using our Escort C200M/C200M2 USB-RS-485 converter, since we cannot guarantee 100% compatibility of our devices with converters from other brands.<br />
<br />
When working with a laptop, we recommend connecting it to the power supply and/or connecting an additional USB cable to the ADD connector of the PWR C200M. Otherwise, there may not be enough power to operate the sensor and transmitter.<br />
<br />
Along with installing the configurator 1.0.2.38, the drivers for the C200M will be installed automatically.<br />
<br />
If you use C200M2 on Windows 10 and 11 operating systems, drivers should be installed automatically from Windows Update, on the Windows 7 operating system and below, you may need to [https://windowsreport.com/driver-signature-enforcement-windows-10/ disable the electronic signature of drivers] and manually install [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/escort_c-200m/Escort%20driver%20C-200M2.zip?v=050623134319 drivers for the С200M2]. <br />
<br />
If the driver was installed correctly, then after connecting the converter to your PC/laptop, you will see the STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) device in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager " to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
<br />
The com port number displayed in this menu is also needed to connect the sensor.<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|796x796px]]<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter, sensor to it and checking the installation of drivers by checking the com port number of the converter, you need to open the configurator, select the desired com port which we could find in the device manager ('''1''') and press the '''FLS''' button ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|657x657px]]<blockquote>The connection to the FLS should be made '''within 15 seconds after the sensor has been connected''' to power, if the sensor operating mode has been changed from RS-485 to any other. </blockquote>After connecting the sensor you should see this menu:<br />
<br />
[[File:Main page PC configurator.png|frameless|751x751px]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Current CNT level (raw level value) of the sensor<br />
# LLS network addresses connected to this converter (if there is more than one address in this list, it means either more than one sensor is connected to the line at the same time or there is interference on the line, in this case it is necessary to check the connection to the FLS for the presence of other conflicting devices and it is necessary to close other programs using the com ports for example tracker configurator)<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current range of output values (1-1023 or 1-4095)<br />
# Current filtration type and degree<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:FLS calibration PC.gif|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
<br />
* Go to menu '''"Sensor calibration"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD 150 calibration.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''1''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel'''" slider ('''2''') <br />
* Click '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|518x518px|'''<big>Centralizer</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|<big>'''Centralizer at the end of the tubes'''</big>]]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the pipes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the pipes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize (1)<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''2''') <br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''3''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''1'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
* Click '''"OK"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:PC Empty calibration.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
* The sensor level should display as 1, the sensor calibration process is complete.<br />
<br />
Thus, CNT should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the Empty calibration value to the Full calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNBLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|655x655px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and free of fuel, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Calibration values calibration without fuel PC.png|frameless|366x366px]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the calibration value Full and Empty manually</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
We do not recommend using this functionality, but you can set the Full and Empty calibration values manually to save time when you are using sensors of the same length in the same tanks.<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! Setting calibration values manually will most likely increase the sensor error! We do not recommend doing this!</big>'''</blockquote>To do this, enter the Full and Empty calibration values of the previously calibrated sensor into the appropriate fields in the configurator.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu.png|frameless|733x733px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired advanced menu page.png|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired manual Empty-Full.png|frameless|667x667px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and click '''“Save parameters to device”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire mode settings.png|frameless|572x572px]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz'''. <br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485''' mode should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently poll the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz or 300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, click “'''Save the parameters to device'''” ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire range settings.png|frameless|561x561px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, but the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Change network address”''' field ('''1''') and click '''“Save the parameters to device”''' ('''2'''), after which the configurator should switch to the new sensor address and display the new sensor address in the field '''"Available units"''' ('''3''') and '''"Poll network address"''' ('''4''').<br />
[[File:Wired before changing Network address.png|none|thumb|611x611px|'''<big>Before changing network address</big>''']]<br />
[[File:After changing network address.png|none|thumb|614x614px|'''<big>After changing network address</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the Tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this you should:<br />
<br />
* Connect sensor<br />
* Make sure that the filtration is set to '''“No”''' ('''1'''). Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<br />
* Create an Excel table. Save it in '''.csv''' format. The first row of the table should look like this: <br />
* [[File:First line in tank calibration table Excel.png|frameless]] You can also create a text file on your PC/Phone or manually record calibration<br />
* Select whether calibration is performed by filling or draining. The '''Filling''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. If you select the '''Drain''' method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
* Select portion size<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Portion volume is not the number of portions! This is the number of liters/gallons in each portion! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be divided into 10 portions, the portion size would be 30L.</blockquote><br />
<br />
* Start calibrating the tank by pouring portions into the tank or emptying the tank for a given portion and recording the level in the table after it has stabilized<br />
<br />
An example of calibration by filling in portions of 10 liters and imagine that in this case there are 10 liters in the tank that cannot be removed and when the sensor is placed in the tank it immediately shows the value 115 instead of 1.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration first portion.png|frameless]] [[File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|frameless|355x355px]]<br />
<br />
You add the first portion of fuel to the tank. The level should change from 115 to some other value. If the level does not change, check the sensor drain holes. They may be blocked by electrical tape, which must be removed after the sensor has been calibrated. If the holes are blocked, the air inside the tubes will prevent fuel from getting inside the tubes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|frameless|447x447px]]<br />
<br />
Next, add the following row to your table.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Extended table.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Continue this until the tank is full. <br />
<br />
However, if there are bends or other irregularities in the shape of the tank, the volume of fuel portions should be reduced until the fuel level is above the irregularly shaped section of the tank. After overcoming such a section, you should return to the original portion volume.<br />
<br />
Assume that you do the tank calibration in portions of 10 liters as before. The level rises to an area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|frameless|443x443px]]<br />
<br />
You reduce the serving size from 10 to 5 liters. And continue adding portions until you overcome the area with a complex shape.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|446x446px]]<br />
<br />
When the level is above the problem area, you can return to the original serving volume of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you will have a calibration chart like the following example.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank is full.png|frameless|499x499px]][[File:Filled tank calibration table.png|frameless|446x446px]]<br />
[[File:Table for tank that can't be filled completely.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Table for a tank that cannot be filled 100%</big>''']]<br />
If in your case the level does not reach 1023 or 4095 because the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry about it. It is acceptable that your table would end up like the following example, even though the sensor range is 1-1023.<br />
<br />
The number of servings depends on the capacity of the tank. See the table with our recommendations below.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |'''<big>Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Tank volume'''<br />
|'''<big>Number of portions</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Volume of each portion</big>'''<br />
'''<big>(Tank Volume / Number of portions)</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>0-60</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>3-4</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>61-100</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>12-20</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>5</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>101-500</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>10</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>501-1000</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20-50</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>20</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>Over1000</big>'''<br />
| colspan="2" |'''<big>As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote>You can create a table on your platform by loading it from a file or by entering values manually.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|487x487px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|471x471px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|442x442px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required '''“Filtration level”''' and click '''“Save the parameters to device”'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired Filtration.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* You only need to set the median filter type[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|790x790px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and removing a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''') <br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|780x780px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click set password. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
* [[File:Password menu wired.jpg|frameless|777x777px]]<br />
* After successfully setting the password, a red lock should appear next to the FLS icon<br />
* [[File:PC password set menu.png|frameless|781x781px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Click on the '''"Service"''' button ('''1''') and then '''"Security"''' ('''2''')<br />
* [[File:Wired security menu.png|frameless|776x776px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you have lost your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''"Remove password"'''<br />
* [[File:PC wired security remove password.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
* If the password was successfully removed, the lock should turn green <br />
* [[File:PC wired no password menu.png|frameless|719x719px]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connection to the sensor, setup, calibration and calibration via a [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config mobile application on Android]</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection to the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
Wired sensors can be connected to a smartphone to the [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Escort Configurator app]. For this you will need:<br />
<br />
* Smartphone running Android operating system with OTG technology support<br />
* RS-485 - USB converter, for example, Escort C200m2<br />
* USB-OTG adapter for connecting the converter to a smartphone<br />
<br />
'''Attention! You cannot update the FW of the sensor through an application on a smartphone; this can only be done using a computer and the Bootloader program'''<br />
<br />
By connecting the sensor to your smartphone you can:<br />
<br />
* calibrate the sensor<br />
* change filtering level<br />
* change network address<br />
* select the sensor operating mode<br />
* select measurement range (1023 or 4095)<br />
* set or change password<br />
* calibrate the tank<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection.png|none|thumb|561x561px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to the phone</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired phone connection with add. power.png|none|thumb|565x565px|'''<big>Diagram of sensor connection to telephone with additional power supply</big>''']]<br />
<br />
* Connect the sensor to your smartphone according to the diagram<br />
* Check that the converter is turned on (there is a power indication), on some models the OTG mode must be enabled manually in the phone settings<br />
* [[File:OTG mode in OPPO phones.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of enabling OTG mode on OPPO smartphones</big>''']]<br />
* Select the RS-485 tab ('''1''')<br />
* Select Fuel level sensor ('''2''')<br />
[[File:Wired mobile app main page.png|frameless]]<br />
* When connecting for the first time, the phone should ask for access to the converter, click OK<br />
[[File:Providing access to the C200M2.png|none|thumb|688x688px|'''<big>Providing access to the C200M2 in the app</big>''']]<br />
* If such a request does not appear and the sensor is not detected, try connecting additional power to the sensor according to the connection diagram, also check that the power indication on the converter is active and that the OTG mode is enabled on the smartphone<br />
* If, after asking for permission, you receive the error “Unable to connect the device,” this is normal. Just select the fuel level sensor again.<br />
* [[File:Error mobile connection.jpg|none|thumb|685x685px|'''<big>Error failed to connect device after requesting permission</big>''']]<br />
* If you are using a C200M inverter, you can connect an additional power supply to the inverter. To do this, you need to take a power supply for charging your smartphone with a microUSB connector and connect it to the C200M using the ADD PWR connector<br />
* Once connected successfully, you will see the main screen of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Wired mobile data page.png|frameless|787x787px]]<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Sensor firmware version (FW)<br />
# Sensor temperature<br />
# Network address of the polled sensor (This address is used when connecting in RS485 mode)<br />
# Current sensor operating mode<br />
# Current filtration type and level<br />
# Current sensor level<br />
# Connected sensor model<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration (via mobile app)</big>''' ==<br />
After you have lengthened or shortened the sensor tubes, you need to carry out the sensor calibration procedure.<br />
<br />
To do this you need:<br />
<br />
* Go to the '''"Settings"''' menu<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|928x928px]]<br />
<br />
* Insert the centralizer into the tubes<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel (by sealing the drain holes with duct tape and filling the tubes, turning the sensor upside down, or submerging the sensor tubes completely in fuel)<br />
* Wait for the CNT level to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Deselect the '''"Calibration without fuel"''' slider ('''1''')<br />
* Press '''"Full"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Full"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings page.png|frameless|408x408px]]<br />
[[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|none|thumb|513x513px|'''<big>Centrator</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Centrator on the tubes</big>''']]<br />
<gallery widths="350" heights="300"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''<big>Closing the drain holes, inverting the sensor and filling the tubes with fuel</big>'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''<big>Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
* Empty the tubes of fuel, leave the centralizer in the tubes<br />
* Wait for CNT to stabilize ('''2''')<br />
* Click '''"Empty"''' ('''3''')<br />
* The value '''"Empty"''' ('''4''') should change to a value close to the value of the current CNT ('''2'''), but not equal to it, since this value is set according to the temperature compensation of the sensor<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired phone empty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote>'''<big>ATTENTION! UNLOCK THE DRAINAGE HOLES AFTER CALIBRATION!!!</big>'''</blockquote>[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|frameless|759x759px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration option is calibration without fuel.<br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty, there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch ('''1''') active ('''green''') and press '''"Calibrate"''' ('''2''') . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired calibration with fuel mobile.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
Initially there are two measurement ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
The sensor never sends a value of 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is displayed.<br />
<br />
'''When calibrating without fuel, since the sensor does not know what fuel will be used, the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''We recommend, if possible, calibration with fuel.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting the mode, range and network address</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the mode</big>''' ===<br />
In the main menu, you can change the operating mode of the sensor. The name of the mode coincides with the interface that is used to physically connect the sensor to the GPS terminal<br />
<br />
Go to Settings <br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mobile settings button.png|frameless|806x806px]]<br />
<br />
Select the mode you need('''1''') and press '''“Set parameters”'''('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired mode settings mobile.png|frameless|801x801px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|798x798px]]<br />
<br />
- '''Passive RS485''' should be selected when you plan to connect to line A and B of the terminal's RS-485 interface. The terminal must have the function of polling sensors, for example, requesting information from them. The terminal must be able to interrogate sensors in accordance with the '''LLS protocol'''.<br />
<br />
- '''Frequency mode''' is used when connecting to a GPS terminal to inputs that can receive and read signals in the range '''300 Hz … 1323 Hz''' or '''300 Hz … 4395 Hz''' <br />
<br />
- '''Active RS485 mode''' should be used if the terminal has an RS-485 connection interface, but cannot independently interrogate the sensor, for example, request information from it; the sensor will send its readings independently every 2 seconds.<blockquote>'''<big>Note: The analog output of the TD-150 is always active on the green wire in the 0.2-9V range, there is no need to turn it on separately</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the range</big>''' ===<br />
If you are configuring the sensor to operate in RS-485, Active RS-485, or Frequency modes, you can select the range '''1-1023 or 1-4095''' ('''1''') . In frequency mode, the range will be from '''300Hz to 1323Hz''' or '''300Hz to 4395Hz'''.<br />
<br />
After changing the range, press '''“Set parameters”''' ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting range mobile.png|frameless|490x490px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|992x992px]]<br />
<br />
'''The range 1-1023''' is most often used for sensors that are '''shorter than 1 meter'''. However, if we are talking about a stationary tank, the height of which is small, then the length and width are more than 2-3 m, it is better to choose the range 1-4095.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Setting the network address</big>''' ===<br />
<br />
The default network address of the sensor is 1; if more than one unit is installed or other LLS devices are added, the network address on the sensor may need to be changed. The network address of each sensor must also be specified in the settings of the receiving device (navigation terminal).<blockquote>'''<big>Attention!!! There cannot be two devices with the same network address on the same line; this will cause a conflict.</big>'''</blockquote>To change the network address, enter a new address in the range '''0-255''' in the '''“Network address”''' field ('''1''') and click “'''Set parameters'''” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired setting address.png|frameless|501x501px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless|857x857px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' ==<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Tightening screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. <br />
<br />
In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100L tank in ten 10L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor and go to settings and check that the filtering is set to 0. <br />
<br />
Filtration slows down level calculations and can increase tank calibration time.<br />
<br />
Then go to the tank calibration menu<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired tank calibration mobile.png|frameless|924x924px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click '''Resume''' to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click '''Resume''', you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the Main Menu button ('''1''') or using the drop-down menu ('''2'''). Select the table and click on it ('''3''')<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''<big>Start or Continue tank calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Folder search numbered.png|'''<big>Selecting a tank calibration table file for resuming the tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved ('''2''') and click the button to select it ('''3''')<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder wired.png|none|thumb|722x722px|'''<big>Selecting a folder and creating a new tank calibration file</big>''']]<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method ('''1, 2'''). The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not.<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name ('''3''') and set the portion size ('''4''').<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.</blockquote>After this, click Continue ('''5''').<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''<big>Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size</big>'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''<big>Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first row will be 0 liters and level 1. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''<big>First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can always pause tank calibration and resume it.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''<big>Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration</big>'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''<big>Resuming tank calibration</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes ('''3''') and is displayed as Stable ('''4'''), press the '''+''' button ('''1''').<br />
<br />
In this example, level ('''3''') does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be Stable before you press the + button.<br />
<br />
The following line ('''2''') will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size ('''5''') you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it ('''3''').<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding the first portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|381x381px|<big>'''Editing a tank calibration line'''</big>]]<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif|frameless|763x763px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the '''+''' button ('''1'''). Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''<big>Adding a second portion to the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''<big>Adding a tank calibration line</big>'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's assume that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''<big>10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed</big>'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''<big>Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of sealing compound.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
[[File:Loading the table on Wialon (example). .png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Loading the table on Wialon (example). Don't forget to check “Generate XY pairs” box</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|466x466px|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 tank calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|426x426px|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 tank calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part.<br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. '''IMPORTANT''': it is necessary to reduce the portion '''only''' in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 1 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Example of FLS 2 calibration table</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Filtration</big>''' ==<br />
After tank calibration is completed, select the required “Filtration” ('''1''') and click “Set parameters” ('''2''')<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired filtration setting mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired set parameters mobile.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Below are recommendations for choosing the filtration level for different types of vehicles:<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Recommended filtration level for wired FLS</big>''' ===<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-6</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles on high or medium quality roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>7-12</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery units</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>13-15</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy-duty machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
General tips for installing filtration:<br />
<br />
* If the length of the tubes is less than 30 cm, the filtration level must be set higher than usual<br />
* The closer the sensor is to the tank walls, the higher the filtration is<br />
* The worse the road surface, the higher the filtration<br />
* Only median filtering type should be set<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|813x813px|'''<big>Example before enabling filtering and after.</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting and deleting a password</big>''' ==<br />
If necessary, you can set a password on the sensor to change settings.<br />
<br />
To do this:<br />
<br />
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu <br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|719x719px]] <br />
* In the menu that opens, you can enter a password consisting of numbers and then click '''“Install”'''. '''Also note that the password cannot start with 0.'''<br />
[[File:Wired set password mobile.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
* To change the settings of a password-protected sensor or remove a password, you need to perform the password removal procedure<br />
<br />
* Go to the "'''Additional Features'''" menu <br />
[[File:Wired additional settings mobile.png|frameless|697x697px]]<br />
* In the menu that opens, enter your password (or if you lose your password, the master password provided by technical support) and click '''“Remove”'''<br />
[[File:Wired remove password mobile.jpg|frameless|673x673px]]<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support..<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting the sensor to the GPS terminal</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>General instructions</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Wired recommendations.png|frameless|923x923px]]<br />
<br />
Depending on the operating mode and purpose of the sensor, additional components are used in the power supply and signal circuits: filters, optocouplers, ballast resistors and fuses. The elements are installed in the driver’s cabin of a vehicle or other equipment. If it is not possible to install in these locations, provide them with additional protection from external climatic (for example, sun, precipitation) and operational (for example, heating, moving parts) influences. Additional components are located at a safe distance from fuel and its flammable products in explosion-proof areas.<br />
<br />
To protect the power circuit, use fuses of the appropriate rating (see FU1 in the diagrams).<br />
<br />
'''To ensure spark protection of the power circuit, use ballast resistors of the appropriate rating (see R1 in the diagrams). Place the resistors outside the explosive zone: in the event of high-voltage surges in the sensor power line, the resistor will fail and the circuit will break, eliminating the possibility of sparking in the explosive zone.'''<br />
<br />
Connecting cables are laid away from parts that move and heat up during operation of the equipment. If there is no additional insulation of the connecting cable wires, use flame-retardant polymer corrugated tubes used in automotive technology.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection diagrams</big>''' ==<br />
In order to connect the sensor to the GPS terminal and to the power source, use the diagram presented below.<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 no R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired Frequency mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Wiring diagram for Frequency output</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Wired Analog mode.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Analog output wiring diagram</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''<big>The TD-150 sensor has analog mode always enabled; it does not need to be enabled in the configurator!</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection using a resistor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Wired RS-485 with R.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>RS-485 connection diagram With resistor for explosion protection certificate</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The sensors are supplied with 2 resistors. Each can be used in place of (but not in conjunction with) the supplied fuse.<br />
<br />
'''The black resistor''' should be used if the sensor is powered by a '''12V''' power source. '''The red resistor''' should be used at higher voltages up to '''80V''' (up to '''40V''' to comply with the certificate of conformity).<br />
<br />
The purpose of the resistor is to break the voltage supply line in case of overload and to prevent sparking in the hazardous area that could occur in this case.<br />
<br />
[[File:Wired R with sensors.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
To achieve explosion safety, the sensor in any mode must be connected through a resistor and not a fuse.<blockquote>'''<big>NOT WITH THE FUSE, BUT INSTEAD OF THE FUSE</big>'''</blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor and cable sealing</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
You will need a sensor protective cover and a seal from the kit.<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:Protective cover for wired FLS.png|'''<big>Protective cover for wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>Seal TD-150</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:Wired FLS with protective cover.png|none|thumb|411x411px|'''<big>Wired FLS with protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outwards''')<br />
<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing a seal on a wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installing a seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
File:Installed seal on the wired FLS.png|'''<big>Installed seal on a wired FLS</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw the special key from the kit into it (you can also use any self-tapping screw of a suitable size) and pull it towards you.<br />
[[File:Removal of the seal of the wired FLS.png|none|thumb|515x515px|'''<big>Removal of the seal of the wired FLS</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Thus, it will be impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing of a current sample sensor</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the sensor of the current sample is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* It is necessary to pass the cable through the hole in the sensor cover <br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 1.png|frameless|432x432px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 2.png|frameless|435x435px]]<br />
<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing on the protruding part <br />
* [[File:Alternative sealing of wired FLS step 3.png|frameless|555x555px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sealing sensor of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Sealing sensor of the former design.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Cable sealing</big>''' ==<br />
To seal the sensor connector, insert a plastic seal into the special hole on the sensor connector<br />
<br />
[[File:Wire sealing.png|frameless|493x493px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Updating the sensor firmware</big>''' =<br />
'''[https://docs.google.com/document/d/16KhS0ZV5Hrb44J66LmGOy7Gy2TKcuEqU/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=116383505004193584732&rtpof=true&sd=true Firmware update instructions]''' <br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/BVCs-LiWLVs There is also a video instructional guide]''' <br />
<br />
'''You can find the latest firmware version in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 downloads section of our website]'''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>The sensor does not connect or is not recognized in the application</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor does not connect to the configurator, do the following:<br />
<br />
* Make sure that the correct COM port number is selected and that drivers and libraries are installed (STMicroelectronics Virtual COM Port ('''1''')(C200M) or USB-SERIAL CH341A ('''2''')(C200M2) in the COM and LPT ports section of the Windows device manager "to enter this menu, press '''win+r''' and enter '''devmgmt.msc''' and press '''OK''' ('''3''') and then expand the com ports submenu ('''4''')"<br />
* [[File:Com ports connected.png|frameless|786x786px]]<br />
* [[File:Com ports selection.png|frameless|722x722px]]<br />
* If possible, connect another sensor that is sure to work; if it connects, then there are no problems with the COM port or converter<br />
<br />
* Connect another USB cable to the C200M (ADD PWR connector); check if the USB cable is working<br />
* If another converter is used, ensure that sufficient power is supplied to the sensor (12 volts is optimal)<br />
* When connecting the sensor, press Search for sensors within 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor<br />
* If the above does not help, reflash the FW of the sensor<br />
* If you cannot complete the firmware, contact our technical support<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Checking the connection between the sensor and the terminal via RS-485</big>''' ==<br />
If the sensor, for some reason, after you have configured everything correctly, does not transmit data to the terminal, you need to find out whether data is being exchanged between devices.<br />
<br />
To do this, connect the sensor to the terminal via RS-485. Connect power to both devices.<br />
<br />
After that, take the RS-485-USB converter and connect it between the sensor and the terminal as shown below:<br />
<br />
For RS-485, lines A and B of the converter must be connected to lines A and B of the sensor<br />
[[File:RS-485 Logging Connections .png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>RS-485 Logging Connections</big>''' ]]<br />
Run [https://drive.google.com/file/d/10i7v4TZ9-JDJYPAh-9JSh4x6vkM93BVV/view?usp=sharing terminal.exe] and configure the COM port as shown below:<br />
<br />
Baud rate – 19200, Parity – None, Stop-bits – 1, Handshaking – None<br />
<br />
Also, check HEX or ASCII depending on the format in which information from the sensor will be transmitted. For all sensors except the TD-600 configured in RS-232 mode, you must select HEX.<br />
<br />
After connecting the converter correctly, select the COM port and click Connect. If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
[[File:Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485.png|none|thumb|572x572px|'''<big>Sensor responds to the terminal via RS-485</big>''']]<br />
If there is no communication between the two devices, try polling the sensor manually.<br />
<br />
To do this, enter the request '''31$01$06$6C''' for the sensor with network address 1 and click '''Send'''<br />
[[File:Sending a request to the sensor.png|none|thumb|585x585px|'''<big>Sending a request to the sensor</big>''']]<br />
The structure of the request depends on the network address of the sensor. If you change the sensor address to 255, for example, then the request would look like this<br />
<br />
'''31$FF$06$29'''<br />
<br />
'''FF''' - 255 in HEX<br />
<br />
'''29''' - '''CRC''' checksum calculated for a specific request<br />
<br />
In order to calculate the checksum, you can go to the '''[https://crccalc.com/ crccalc]''' website and enter your request without the '''$''' sign, select HEX, CRC-8/MAXIM and click Calc CRC-8<br />
[[File:CRC calculation for address 255.png|none|thumb|665x665px|'''<big>CRC calculation for address 255</big>''']]<br />
If the sensor is polled by the terminal and responds, then everything is in order.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to the terminal, but responds to a request you send manually, you should check your terminal's RS-485 ports.<br />
<br />
If the sensor does not respond to anything, the standard FLS diagnostic procedure should be carried out.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Description of the LLS protocol</big>''' =<br />
The protocol is described in this [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1maRSrToEaYtOP0sQz69Qq3e0iA0dBRos/edit?usp=drive_link&ouid=113197106569288024895&rtpof=true&sd=true document]<br />
<br />
Example of a request and response for 1 network address: <br />
<br />
Request: '''''31 01 06 6C'''''<br />
<br />
Response from sensor: '''''3E 01 06 19 01 00 92 5D BE'''''<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Purpose of contacts and wires</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Pinout TD-150.png|frameless|828x828px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Remote control of FLS Escort</big>''' =<br />
At the moment, Navtelecom and GlonassSoft terminals have the ability to configure wired Escort FLS by remotely connecting to the nav terminal without using the above commands. This can be done according to these instructions:<br />
<br />
'''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qmU9DQCO4Fc Smart and Signal, built-in configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/JJZl-EsrUoQ Smart and Signal by creating commands in the configurator]'''<br />
<br />
'''[https://youtu.be/rFzWX8E97Bg UMKa]''' <br />
<br />
It is also possible to send commands via SMS commands or tracker terminal.<br />
<br />
At the moment, we know that the remote control function is supported by trackers of the Smart and Signal family produced by Navtelecom (Signal, Smart), Technocom (AvtoGRAPH) and GlonassSoft (UMKa). Transmission of commands to the sensor is possible only in RS-485 operating mode.<br />
<br />
First you need to open the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/all/dut/FLS_Configurator.zip?v=210521143455 PC configurator Escort]; The converter and/or tracker must be disconnected from the computer. In the '''Service''' tab, click on the '''Remote control''' option.<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings.png|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
A window for generating commands for sending will open:<br />
<br />
[[File:Remote control Settings menu.jpg|frameless|586x586px]]<br />
<br />
Here you need:<br />
<br />
# Choose what type of commandd to generate<br />
# Specify the current network address of the sensor to which the command will be sent<br />
# Specify the parameters that need to be changed by this command<br />
# Click on the '''Generate''' button<br />
# Then you need to send the selected part of the command via the tracker configurator or by SMS message to the number of the current SIM card of this GPS terminal<br />
<br />
ATTENTION: if a password is set on the sensor, you must first send a command to enter the password, and then the command that you need. <br />
<br />
[[File:Command generation.png|frameless|651x651px]]<br />
<br />
To decrypt the response to the sent command, you need:<br />
<br />
# Copy that part of the response from the tracker that begins with '''3E01...''', and paste it into the input/output field in the ''Remote control'' tab of the Escort configurator<br />
# Click on '''Decode reply'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Command decode process.png|frameless|649x649px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Decoded command information.jpg|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/%D0%9F%D0%B0%D1%81%D0%BF%D0%BE%D1%80%D1%82_%D0%A2%D0%94-150.pdf?v=271022141709 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE&diff=1549TD-BLE2025-10-12T13:48:26Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-BLE.png.png|thumb|Current TD-BLE design]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =<br />
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =<br />
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;<br />
<br />
'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets. <br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>TD-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =<br />
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").<br />
<br />
== '''Geolocation''' ==<br />
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation. <br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically. <br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''. <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<u><big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big></u>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==<br />
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor<br />
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor<br />
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)<br />
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)<br />
# Graphic scale of sensor filling<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines"><br />
File:DataAndroid.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (Android)'''</big><br />
File:DataPageIos.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''</big><br />
</gallery> <br />
<br />
'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should: <br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length <br />
<br />
and <br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point. <blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions. <br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]] <br />
<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).''' <br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]] <br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. <br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk. <br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank is full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication</big>''' ==<br />
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.<br />
<br />
Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.<br />
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>'''|458x458px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part. <br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Mathematical calibration</big>''' ==<br />
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.<br />
<br />
To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]<br />
<br />
<br />
In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.<br />
<br />
[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle: <br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
=== <big>Sealing TD-BLE of the former design</big> ===<br />
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.<br />
<br />
[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing TD-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===<br />
<br />
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:New design cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TD-BLE</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TD-BLE with cap</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350"><br />
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installing TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installed TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.<br />
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]<br />
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank mounting and transmitter direction</big>''' ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Black box'''</big> =<br />
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.<br />
<br />
The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.<br />
<br />
You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Black box selection.png|alt=<br />
File:Date Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=<br />
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]<br />
<br />
If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)<br />
<br />
[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Additional settings'''</big> =<br />
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch '''(it should remain green)''' if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.</blockquote>Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE. <br />
<br />
[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').<blockquote>'''WARNING!!!''' Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this! </blockquote>[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time. </blockquote><gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file. <br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it. <br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air. <br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any contaminations. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor is not connected or detected in the application</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.<br />
<br />
Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=<br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.<br />
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']] <br />
<br />
If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone. <br />
<br />
Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.<br />
<br />
If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.<br />
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''<big>Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4</big>''' ==<br />
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.<br />
<br />
If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]<br />
<br />
The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.<br />
<br />
If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.<br />
<br />
You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tracker Communication Error Codes</big>''' ==<br />
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.<br />
<br />
Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.<br />
<br />
Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''” <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
*Go to FW update <br />
<br />
[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video] <br />
<br />
Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]<br />
<br />
The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.<br />
<br />
= '''How to change the battery''' =<br />
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.<br />
<br />
The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''<big>Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.<br />
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''<big>Removing the TD-BLE protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.<br />
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''<big>Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts</big>''']]<br />
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.<br />
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''<big>Battery holder cavity filled with lithol</big>''']]<br />
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''<big>Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Example using a battery replacement kit<br />
<br />
# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.<br />
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).<br />
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]] <br />
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]<br />
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.<br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).<br />
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts). <br />
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.<br />
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]<br />
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;<br />
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]<br />
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]<br />
# Check the functionality of the sensor.<br />
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.<br />
<br />
If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.<br />
<br />
Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)<br />
<br />
=== Examples of sealants recommended by the community: ===<br />
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 RED</big>''']]<br />
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 GREY</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''<big>Escort Charter application</big>''']</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-BLE&diff=1548TD-BLE2025-10-12T13:41:09Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Level 7000 */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:TD-BLE| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-BLE| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:TD-BLE.png.png|thumb|Current TD-BLE design]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and purpose of the sensor'''</big> =<br />
'''Escort''' fuel level sensors (FLS or sensors) are designed to determine the filling level of petroleum products in fuel tanks, reservoirs and storage tanks. '''TD-BLE''' (sensor) is used in transportation as a fuel level meter and in the industry - as a level meter for any light petroleum products. Escort FLS measurement type is capacitive. Its readings are based on the dielectric constant of the medium in which it operates; in this case, the medium is various types of light petroleum products (gasoline, diesel, kerosene, motor oil).<br />
<br />
TD-BLE is a completely wireless FLS with an autonomous powe supply. Sensor data is transmitted in the form of Bluetooth packets in '''Advertising''' mode; data sending frequency - every 3 seconds (software version 1.3.4 and later) and every second (software version 1.3.0 and earlier). The frequency of measurement by the fuel level sensor is every 10 seconds, regardless of the software version..<br />
<br />
More detailed technical characteristics are presented in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 technical data sheet of the device].<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Basic terms and concepts</big>''' =<br />
'''Fuel level sensor (FLS)''' - device which is used for measuring fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - code consisting of letters and numbers assigned to a device (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor's name''' - sensor's designation among BLE devices consisting from two letter from the sensor's model name and six last digits from the serial number; E.g. TD_100100;<br />
<br />
'''MAC-address''' - unique identifier assigned to every active device. Used to recognize devices in the network.<br />
<br />
'''Data packet''' - is a set of parameters transmitted by a device equipped with a Bluetooth transmitter, the structure of which is determined by the data transfer protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol''' - is a set of specific rules or conventions of a logical level interface that defines the exchange of data between various programs or devices. In the case of the TD-BLE sensor, the '''Escort BLE''' protocol is used to transmit data packets. <br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the device “distributes” data packets at a certain frequency, regardless of the presence of a device receiving the data.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - is a data transfer mode in which the transmitter waits for a connection to the receiving device in order to begin transmitting data packets.<br />
<br />
'''[[База BLE-RS485|Base BLE-RS485]]''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via the RS-485 interface in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
'''Base BA-BLE''' - is a device that relays data transfer and converts it from a Bluetooth packet into a data packet transmitted via RS-485 and RS-232 interfaces in accordance with the LLS protocol. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>TD-BLE sensor's design</big>''' =<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 1st generation TD-BLE RU.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE</big>''' ===<br />
[[File:Design of the 2nd generation TD-BLE ENG.png|834x834px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Connecting sensor to a smartphone</big>''' =<br />
To configure the TD-BLE sensor, calibrate it and calibrate the tank, you should use the Escort Configurator application, available on [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/escort-sensor-configurator/id1483425085 iOS] and [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ru.fmeter.config Android] devices (hereinafter referred to as the “'''application'''” or "'''app'''").<br />
<br />
== '''Geolocation''' ==<br />
Launch the app and activate Bluetooth and geolocation on your smartphone also check if application have access to geolocation. <br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|595x595px]] [[File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|593x593px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connecting sensor</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Connection GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
Press the '''Sensor Settings''' button. Next, select '''TD-BLE'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sensor settings. Main page.png|frameless]] [[File:ConnectionTDBLE.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Find the required sensor by typing the last 6 digits of its serial number. You can find the serial number on the sensor head.<br />
<br />
You can also simply select the required sensor from the list and click the Connect button. On an Android device, you can click on the sensors name, and a package of data received in advertising mode will be displayed.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorSelection.png|frameless]] [[File:SensorAdvData.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Setting a password</big>''' ==<br />
It is strongly recommend that you set a password on the sensor in order to restrict access to its settings. When you connect for the first time, the application will ask you to set a password automatically. <br />
<br />
You can set, change and delete a password in the '''Additional Features'''. <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
Then, in the field that appears named "Password for changing settings", enter the password that you want be used later and click '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:SensorPasswordChangeMenu.png|frameless]]<blockquote>'''<u><big>PLEASE NOTE THAT THE PASSWORD RESET PROCEDURE CAN BE VERY TIME-CONSUMING. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU TAKE A RESPONSIBLE APPROACH IN SETTING YOUR PASSWORD AND SAVING IT.</big></u>'''</blockquote>'''<big>Also note that the password cannot start with 0.</big>'''<br />
<br />
To delete a previously set password, you must enter it in the Password field, and then press the '''Enter''' and then the '''Delete''' buttons.<br />
<br />
'''Attention!''' By default, there is no password set on the sensor! If you connected the sensor and a password was already set on it, contact technical support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Main sensor parameters</big>''' ==<br />
To see the main parameters of the sensor go to the '''Data''' tab. There you can see the following parameters:<br />
<br />
# Sensor serial number<br />
# Firmware version ('''FW''') installed in the sensor<br />
# '''Temperature''' measured by sensor<br />
# '''Level -''' indication of the fuel level in units in the range from 1 to 1023 or from 1 to 4095; This is not the volume in liters or gallons.<br />
# '''RSSI''' - Received signal strength indicator, which indicates how well your smartphone receives sent data. This parameter is not transmitted by the sensor, but is calculated by the receiving device<br />
# '''Vbat''' or sensor battery charge (3.5V or higher indicates the battery is fully charged; 3.2V or lower indicates the battery is low and should be replaced)<br />
# Sensor '''CNT''' (its purpose will be explained later in the manual)<br />
# Graphic scale of sensor filling<br />
# The '''sensor's MAC address''' is used to connect the sensor to compatible external devices<br />
<gallery widths="400" heights="800" mode="nolines"><br />
File:DataAndroid.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (Android)'''</big><br />
File:DataPageIos.png|<big>'''Page "Data" (iOS)'''</big><br />
</gallery> <br />
<br />
'''The battery voltage drops to 3.2V for 10-15 seconds''' - this is normal (especially if this happens after rebooting the sensor by removing the sensor battery and then installing the battery back). This is due to the fact that all processes in the sensor (measuring level, temperature and battery voltage, as well as sending a data packet) are launched simultaneously, thus energy consumption increases, which leads to a temporary decrease in battery voltage. <br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Callibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should: <br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
[[File:Unblocking drain holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration without fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT before calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT after calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing fuel vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it [[File:Choosing a location for installing the FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little hole drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank. [[File:Angled drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing metal part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor position and fuel flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center. <br />
[[File:The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']][[File:Ladder tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder tank I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two sensors installed diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape top view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle shape side view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank top view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical tank long inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank inside view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor. <br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder 2 tank calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length <br />
<br />
and <br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point. <blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring height of the tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring tubes length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes. <br />
[[File:Cutting the tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal connection of the collet connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet connection installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former design dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current design dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE dimensions, current design .png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing the sensor inside the tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing the self-tapping screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions. <br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings Tank calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank calibration filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start tank calibration folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]] <br />
<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).''' <br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting type of tank calibration .png]] <br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate. <br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank calibration filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank calibration draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes. <gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank calibration first line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank calibration mode notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming tank calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing a tank calibration line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank calibration GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding a second portion to the tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding a tank calibration line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding the first portion to the tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk. <br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank calibration complex shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing portion size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex shaped tank next step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank is full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank calibration table in .csv format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of two communicating tanks without the possibility to shut off their communication</big>''' ==<br />
First of all it is necessary to check whether it is possible to calibrate both tanks of the vehicle at the same time, because this is the main condition for this kind of calibration. Otherwise, fuel will take a long time to flow into the other tank, which will slow down the process of fuel level stabilization.<br />
<br />
Simultaneous tank calibration can be performed either by using 2 smartphones connected to each of these two FLS, or by connecting both sensors to the Base BLE\RS-485 or BA-BLE Base.<br />
[[File:Base RS-485 two sensors.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BLE\RS485 BASE</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Connection of 2 sensors to BA-BLE.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Simultaneous viewing of the fuel level of 2 TD BLE sensors connected to BA-BLE</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Thus, you can do the calibration by pouring portions of fuel into both tanks at the same time.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tilted tank calibration with 2 FLSs</big>''' ==<br />
If it is not possible to level the car/tank with respect to the horizon, you can calibrate it in the tilted position of the tank.<br />
<br />
Technically, this kind of calibration is no different from the usual one: you pour a portion of fuel into the tank, wait for the level to stabilize, fix it, and fill in the next portion.<br />
<br />
However, the details of such calibration are much more important, so the algorithm of actions should be as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the inclination.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Once the tubes of the sensor located lower down are completely immersed in fuel, the calibration of this FLS is considered complete.<br />
# However, before continuing calibration of the second FLS, it is necessary to return the nominal portion volume to the original (i.e. double it). IMPORTANT: The actual portion size still remains unchanged until the tank is finally filled and the calibration process is completed.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.0.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>'''|458x458px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of a tank whose height varies along its length</big>''' ==<br />
This method of calibration is in many ways similar to that presented in the previous part. <br />
<br />
The algorithm of actions is as follows:<br />
<br />
# Pour portions of fuel into the tank until the fuel level reaches the measuring tubes of the second FLS, which is located higher due to the difference in height.<br />
# When the second sensor reaches the fuel level, reduce the size of the poured portion by half. IMPORTANT: it is necessary to reduce the portion only in the calibration tables for both FLS; the actual volume of the portion being filled remains '''unchanged'''.<br />
# Continue calibrating in this manner until the tank is full.<br />
<br />
Thus, the resulting calculation tables (calibration tables) will be adequately accepted by the monitoring platform if a third FLS (virtual) is created in it, which is the sum of two real FLS.<br />
[[File:Tilted FLS 1.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 1</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Height FLS 2.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Tank calibration example FLS 2</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Mathematical calibration</big>''' ==<br />
The mobile application has the ability to create a mathematical calibration table based on the tank size, this functionality is recommended to be used only on large tanks where it is not possible to perform manual calibration by filling/draining.<br />
<br />
To create a mathematical calibration, go to the sensor calibration menu '''(2)'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Settings Tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Start calibration and select the file name and storage location in the phone memory and select the mathematical calibration mode.<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting math tank calibration.png]]<br />
<br />
<br />
In the calibration menu, select the type of your tank '''(1)''' and fill in the tank size '''(2)''', by clicking on the question mark '''(3)''' next to the parameter you can call up a hint for this parameter.<br />
<br />
[[File:Math tank calibration screen .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Select the range '''(1)''' set in the sensor settings (1023 or 4095), Specify the number of portions/calibration lines '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
After filling in the required fields, click get table '''(3).'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Finishing math tank calibration .png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Now you can view and edit the resulting table, by clicking on the three dots '''(1)''' you can open a menu in which you can share the table file.<br />
<br />
[[File:Sharing math tank calibration.png|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle: <br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Sealing and installation'''</big> =<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Sensor sealing'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
=== <big>Sealing TD-BLE of the former design</big> ===<br />
To seal the sensor and prevent unauthorized access to the sensor, install the protective cover and thread the seal through the special holes in the cover. Tighten the seal against the end of the seal into the special hole in the seal. Cut off the excess seal wire.<br />
<br />
[[File:Old design seal.png|frameless|480x480px]]<br />
<br />
=== <big>'''Sealing TD-BLE of the current design'''</big> ===<br />
<br />
You will need the sensor protective cover and the seal provided in the kit<gallery widths="300" heights="300"><br />
File:New design cap.png|'''<big>Protective cover TD-BLE</big>'''<br />
File:New design seal.png|'''<big>TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>The cover is attached to the sensor head<br />
[[File:TD-BLE with cap.png|none|thumb|455x455px|'''<big>TD-BLE with cap</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then the seal itself is fixed in a special hole (it must be inserted to the end, with the '''closed end facing outward''')<gallery widths="350" heights="350"><br />
File:Installing TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installing TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
File:Installed TD-BLE seal.png|'''<big>Installed TD-BLE seal</big>'''<br />
</gallery>To remove the seal, screw in the special key from the kit (you can also use any self-tapping screw of suitable size) and pull it towards yourself.<br />
[[File:Removing seal.png|none|thumb|493x493px|'''<big>Removing seal</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Seal after removal.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Seal after removal</big>''']]<br />
This makes it impossible to remove the seal without damaging it. This provides additional protection against unauthorized access.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Alternative sealing for TD-BLE of the current design</big>''' ===<br />
Also included with the current TD-BLE is an alternative seal if a numbered seal is required.<br />
<br />
* The wire must be threaded through the hole in the sensor cover<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 1.png|frameless|433x433px]]<br />
* Thread both ends of the cable through the hole in the sensor head<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 2.png|frameless|519x519px]]<br />
* Pass both ends through the seal, tighten the cable and install the seal by pressing the protruding part of the seal<br />
[[File:Alternative sealing step 3.png|frameless|543x543px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tank mounting and transmitter direction</big>''' ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|768x768px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How to hard to tighten the screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Black box'''</big> =<br />
In order for the black box entries to have an up-to-date time reference, you need to '''synchronize''' the black box time with your smartphone time.<br />
<br />
The app automatically requests time synchronization if it sees that the black box time is not synchronized.<br />
<br />
You can also synchronize the time manually by going to the '''Advanced settings''' menu'''(1''') and clicking '''Synchronize time(2''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Synchronize time setting.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>To receive data from the Black Box, being in the same Additional tab. Settings, click on the three dots in the upper right corner (1) and select Black Box (2). After this, you can select a period in days (3) and/or hours (4) and download data for the selected one (5) or for the entire period (maximum 30 days) (6). You can also clear the black box by deleting all entries.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Black box selection.png|alt=<br />
File:Date Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, click on the Save data button (1). A graph will appear on the screen. On the graph screen, you can also save the upload file to your phone’s memory (2) or send it via instant messengers or email (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Downloading Black box.png|alt=<br />
File:Saving Black box.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Also, graphs from the black box can be viewed on a PC using a calibration table through the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link Escort Charter application]<br />
<br />
If you have previously saved data from the black box, you can display it by clicking on the graph icon in the upper right corner (1)<br />
<br />
[[File:Previous graph.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= <big>'''Additional settings'''</big> =<br />
In the Additional settings menu, there is an option to disable temperature compensation '''(1).'''<blockquote>'''ATTENTION!''' It is not recommended to change the position of the temperature compensation switch '''(it should remain green)''' if you do not use your own temperature compensation algorithm.</blockquote>Data encryption '''(2)''' option works only when connecting with RS-485 BLE base or BA-BLE. <br />
<br />
[[File:Additional settings tab.png|frameless|800x800px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Manually setting Full and Empty calibration values'''</big> ==<br />
<br />
You can skip the sensor calibration step by entering sensor calibration values of the same length manually '''(1''') and pressing the Set button '''(2''').<blockquote>'''WARNING!!!''' Setting the calibration values manually is very likely to increase the error of the sensor. We do not recommend doing this! </blockquote>[[File:Manual calibration section.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu '''(1)''' and press '''Conversion to liters (2)'''.<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time. </blockquote><gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Addiitonal settings page.png|alt=<br />
File:Select recalculatee in litres.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file. <br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate page settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it. <br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate page settings 2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level 7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes preferably by flushing them with the clean fuel and blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air. <br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also needed to ensure that the tank itself doesn't contain any impurities. Clean the tank, if necessary. Note that a fuel level sensor installed outside a contaminated tank may function correctly, but the same sensor installed in such a tank may generate this error code. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level 6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor is not connected or detected in the application</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check that the sensor is not connected to other devices. It can only be connected to one device at a time.<br />
<br />
Then make sure Geolocation (Location) is enabled and the app has access to it.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-094919 One UI Home.png|alt=<br />
File:Screenshot 20240221-095105 Permission controller.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Check if the sensor is detected in the nRF Connect application.<br />
[[File:Search in nRF connect.png|none|thumb|'''nRF Connect. Don't forget to click on the Scan button (upper right corner)''']] <br />
<br />
If the sensor is detected, but the Escort configurator application does not see it, try connecting to other sensors in the application using the same smartphone. <br />
<br />
Then, try loosening the screws securing the sensor to the tank.<br />
<br />
If the sensor is still not detected or cannot be connected, open the cover and remove the battery. Check the voltage with a multimeter. If it is 3.2 V or higher, reinsert the battery and try to connect again.<br />
[[File:Voltage check.png|none|thumb|605x605px|'''<big>Voltage control. Mode V is selected (range 20V); Black probe - COM connector, red probe - V connector</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If none of the above helps, we recommend contacting our tech support.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Loss of communication with the tracker or error codes 65530, 0, 65532, -4</big>''' ==<br />
The most common cause of communication loss is low signal strength between the tracker and the sensor.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to measure the average signal strength at the tracker (RSSI) during installation. A good signal strength is considered to be between -35 dBm and -85 dBm.<br />
<br />
If the signal strength is lower than optimal, it can be improved by pointing the sensor antenna towards the receiving device.<br />
<br />
[[File:Antenna direction.png|frameless|585x585px]]<br />
<br />
The main factor that affects the strength of signal reception is obstacles. Therefore, it is important to place the tracker in a location with as few obstacles as possible between it and the sensor.<br />
<br />
If you cannot improve the signal quality of the tracker, you can use '''RS-485 BLE''' base or '''[[BA-BLE]]'''.With a base station, the signal should become more stable. If necessary, the base can be placed in a remote location away from the tracker where there is less obstruction to the signal, or it can be moved outside the cabin, as the base motherboard is protected with compound and has wind and moisture protection.<br />
<br />
You can unload the data from the black box to check if there is data transmission from the sensor during moments of communication loss.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Tracker Communication Error Codes</big>''' ==<br />
65530 - error code of Navtelecom trackers, it means loss of connection.<br />
<br />
Some of the trackers can send 0 in the fuel level parameter as a loss of communication error code, the sensor can only send values 1-4095 and error codes 7000 and 6500.<br />
<br />
Teltonika trackers can send 0 in the level parameter and -4\65532 in the temperature parameter as a loss of communication error code.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Firmware update (FW)</big>''' =<br />
[[File:FW Update TD BLE.gif|frameless]]<br />
<br />
To update the firmware on the TD-BLE:<br />
<br />
* Download the current firmware version as a file to the phone memory<br />
* Connect to the sensor<br />
*Go to “'''Additional Features'''” <br />
<br />
[[File:SensorAddFeatures.png|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
*Go to FW update <br />
<br />
[[File:Switching to TD-BLE update mode.png|frameless|734x734px]]<br />
<br />
*Select the firmware file ('''1''') from the phone memory (The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip it) and start the flashing process ('''2'''). '''These actions should be performed within 30 seconds after entering update mode!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Start of TD-BLE update.png|frameless|732x732px]]<br />
<br />
*The flashing process should start. '''Do not close or minimize the application during the flashing process!'''<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE update process.jpg|frameless|728x728px]]<br />
<br />
*When the updating is completed, a window will pop up indicating that the update was successful<br />
<br />
[[File:The TD-BLE update has been completed.jpg|frameless|741x741px]]<br />
<br />
Firmware update via the IOS mobile application is shown in [https://youtu.be/rPsI1AdrTQs this video] <br />
<br />
Up-to-date firmware can be found in the [https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble download section.]<br />
<br />
The firmware file is the .zip archive itself, no need to unzip.<br />
<br />
= '''How to change the battery''' =<br />
The sensors use two types of batteries '''SAFT LS14500''' and '''SAFT LS17500''' with capacities of '''2.6Ah''' and '''3.6Ah''' respectively.<br />
<br />
The average consumption of the TD-BLE sensor is 42.5 µA.<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|398x398px|'''<big>Saft battery models LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the current design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Remove the sensor's protective cover using a screwdriver or other thin object.<br />
[[File:Removing new design cap TD-BLE.png|none|thumb|421x421px|'''<big>Removing the TD-BLE protective cover</big>''']]<br />
Remove the cover from the battery holder by unscrewing the screws holding it in place.<br />
[[File:Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts.png|none|thumb|410x410px|'''<big>Sensor head without protective cover, with dedicated battery compartment mounts</big>''']]<br />
Carefully remove the top layer of lithol using a thin, non-sharp object.<br />
[[File:Battery holder cavity filled with lithol.png|none|thumb|425x425px|'''<big>Battery holder cavity filled with lithol</big>''']]<br />
Remove the battery. When replacing the battery, please note that the current TD-BLE may use a battery model that is different from the one that corresponds to the previous sensor housing; namely: Saft LS17500 (ordered as a separate option).<br />
[[File:Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500.png|none|thumb|401x401px|'''<big>Saft batteries LS 17500 and LS14500</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
After you have replaced the battery and checked the functionality of the sensor using a mobile application, the holder with the battery inside should also be filled with lithol.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Replacing the battery in the older design of TD-BLE</big>''' ==<br />
Example using a battery replacement kit<br />
<br />
# Remove the cover from the fuel sensor by unscrewing the 8 screws.<br />
# Remove the power source (battery) from the sensor body by carefully cutting it out of the transparent compound using a knife. (Damage to the printed circuit board and cutting of wires on the board are not allowed).<br />
[[File:Cutting compound.png|frameless]] <br />
[[File:TD-BLE removed battery older design.png|frameless]]<br />
# Clean the sensor contacts from grease and remove any remaining compound.<br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design clean contacts.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install a new power source (battery) into the sensor housing and check the functionality and voltage of the power source. (Must be at least 3.4V).<br />
# Remove the new power supply from the housing. Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant using a syringe to two contacts. The lubricant should not get onto the center of the contact (Lithol lubricant serves as a barrier and protects against the compound flowing onto conductive contacts). <br />
[[File:Litol syringe.png|frameless]]<br />
# Install the power supply into the sensor housing. Check functionality.<br />
# Apply a thin layer of lithol lubricant over the contacts. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design installed battery.png|frameless]]<br />
# Preparing the compound for filling the power source. To do this, you need to: - open the jar with component A (Fig. 5) and the bottle with component B (Fig. 6) - pour the contents of the bottle with component B into the jar with component A; - mix the two components for at least 2 minutes;<br />
[[File:2-component compound from the repair kit.png|frameless]]<br />
# Fill the power source with compound at the same level as the previous layer of compound, then leave it in the open air for at least 15 minutes. Do not leave areas of the power source unflooded! Bubbles are allowed in the pouring area. <br />
[[File:TD-BLE older design with filled compound.png|frameless]]<br />
# Check the functionality of the sensor.<br />
# Install the cover and tighten the 8 screws. Operation can begin after 4 hours. The maximum strength of the silicone elastomer is achieved after 24 hours.<br />
<br />
If the replacement is made without using a repair kit, it is also necessary to lubricate the contacts with lithol, it should be available for purchase in publicly accessible electronics/tool stores or online stores like Litol-24.<br />
<br />
Instead of a 2-component compound, you can use oil-gasoline-resistant sealants that are neutral in acidity (on an acetic-free base)<br />
<br />
=== Examples of sealants recommended by the community: ===<br />
[[File:ABRO 999.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 RED</big>''']]<br />
[[File:ABRO 999 GREY.png|none|thumb|'''<big>ABRO 999 GREY</big>''']]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-ble/Datasheet%20Escort%20TD-BLE.pdf?v=040723105730 '''<big>Technical data sheet of the device</big>''']<br />
* [https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[[Table of compatibility of BLE sensors with trackers and other devices]]</big>'''<br />
* [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CdFPhy2SVu3DxVLy4tY0j1YlaVjdB3ykyLR21iuAwYs/edit?usp=drive_link '''<big>Escort Charter application</big>''']</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=TD-Online&diff=1537TD-Online2025-10-03T19:38:14Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[File:Td online 01.png|thumb|400x400px|Current design TD-Online]]<br />
[[RU:Td-online| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:TD-Online| Versión en español]]<br />
= <big>'''Definition and Purpose of the Sensor'''</big> =<br />
The TD-Online measuring device (sensor) determines the fill level of light petroleum products in tanks (storage containers). It is used in automotive and tractor equipment as a fuel level sensor and in industrial applications as a level sensor for various light petroleum products.<br />
<br />
The sensor converts the level into a digital code and transmits the value to an external server. It also sends information about its location and speed to the external server.<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications can be found in the device's [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 technical datasheet.]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Basic Terms, Definitions, and Specifications''' =<br />
'''Fuel Level Sensor (FLS)''' - a device designed to measure fuel level. <br />
<br />
'''Serial number''' - a code consisting of a series of letters or numbers assigned to a product (sensor).<br />
<br />
'''Sensor name''' - the sensor identifier among BLE devices, composed of the first two letters of the sensor model and the last six digits of the serial number; for example, TD_100100.<br />
<br />
'''Advertising mode''' - a data transmission mode where the device broadcasts data packets at a set frequency regardless of the presence of a receiving device.<br />
<br />
'''Connection mode''' - a data transmission mode where the transmitter waits for connection to a receiving device before starting data packet transmission.<br />
<br />
'''GSM modem standard''' - 4G (backward compatible with 3G, 2G)<br />
<br />
'''GSM module''' - Simcom<br />
<br />
'''Data transfer protocol to server''' - Wialon IPS<br />
<br />
'''Remote configuration''' - yes (under development)<br />
<br />
'''Point generation frequency''' - adaptive mechanism<br />
<br />
'''Fuel level measurement frequency''' - once per second<br />
<br />
'''Bluetooth data transmission (Advertising)''' - once per second<br />
<br />
'''Engine status tracking capability''' - yes (after calibration based on onboard voltage)<br />
<br />
'''Deviation angle from calibrated horizon''' - yes (3-axis accelerometer; vehicle movement detection)<br />
<br />
'''Roaming on/off''' - yes<br />
<br />
'''Number of SIM cards''' - 1<br />
<br />
'''SIM card size''' - nano<br />
<br />
'''Multi-carrier SIM, multiSIM''' - Yes<br />
<br />
'''Number of servers''' - 1<br />
<br />
'''Support for wired (RS-485) and BLE slave sensors''' - under development (up to 7 sensors total)<br />
<br />
'''BLE scanning frequency''' - continuous (similar to BA-BLE adapters)<br />
<br />
'''Ability to store calibration table in sensor''' - yes (50 entries)<br />
<br />
'''Black box capacity''' - 15,000 records<br />
<br />
'''Single record size (with slave sensors)''' - up to 2 KB<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''<big>SIM Card Installation</big>''' =<br />
Before connecting and configuring the TD-Online (hereafter referred to as "Sensor", "TD-Online", or "TDO"), you must install a SIM card in the slot. To do this, unscrew the cover mounting screws and remove the cover.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagedads.png]][[File:Imagedacsvb.png]]<br />
<br />
Press your finger on the tray cover, slide it sideways and lift it up to open the SIM tray as shown in the photo below.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageafvehry.png]]<br />
<br />
Insert the nano-SIM into the tray, aligning the cut corner of both the tray and SIM card. Close the tray cover, press it firmly with your finger, and slide it sideways (toward the corner with the SIM card's cutout) to lock it into the grooves..<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagefavbsndf.png|280x280px]][[File:Imagecasbdnffmdns.png|281x281px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Connecting the Sensor in the Configuration App''' =<br />
To configure the sensor, connect it to a power source or PC/laptop using either '''C200M''' or '''C200M2''' converter (both Escort converter models can serve as power sources for the sensor).<br />
<br />
# Launch the Escort Configurator application (available on AppStore, Play Store, AppGallery)<br />
# Tap "'''Sensor Configuration'''"<br />
# Swipe down on the screen to refresh - select '''TD-Online''' from the device list<br />
# Choose the sensor from the list and either: Tap the sensor name (1) to view its '''Advertising packet''' (Android devices only), or tap the "'''Connect'''" button (2) directly<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105123 ru fmeter config MainMenuActivity.jpg|495x495px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203604.jpg|497x497px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203843.jpg|498x498px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
First connection - set a password; for subsequent connections - enter the password to gain access to sensor configuration.<br />
<br />
'''Attention! Setting an access password for the sensor is mandatory; otherwise, any user of the application will be able to reconfigure the Sensor. To reset a lost password - contact Escort Group technical support.'''<br />
<br />
To view the Sensor's current data - press '''Data.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105227 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|513x513px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 203915.jpg|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Swipe down on the screen to view all sensor data, including its IMEI. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the top left corner ('''1''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250528 105314 ru fmeter config ConfiguratorActivity.jpg|523x523px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204156.jpg|523x523px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''GSM Settings''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To configure data transmission via the GSM modem, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button. Then proceed to the "GSM Network Setup" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner ('''2''') returns you to the previous menu.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|568x568px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 204425.jpg|568x568px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 220616.jpg|right|587x587px]]<br />
Fill in the "'''APN'''", "'''Username'''", and "'''Password'''" fields ('''1, 2, 3''') with the settings provided by your mobile operator for the SIM card installed in the Sensor.<br />
<br />
In the "'''PIN Code'''" field, enter the PIN code of the SIM card installed in the Sensor (if applicable) ('''4''').<br />
<br />
Enable or disable data transmission in roaming ('''5''').<br />
<br />
You can change the synchronization server if you know the address of an alternative server you require ('''6''').<br />
<br />
Enable or disable message bundling ('''7'''). If this option is disabled, each sensor record will be transmitted as a separate message.<br />
<br />
After making any changes to the settings, press the "'''Apply'''" button ('''8''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner ('''9''') returns you to the previous menu.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Server Settings''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To access server settings, tap the "'''GPS/GLONASS and GSM Setup'''" button, then select "'''Server Settings'''" ('''1'''). Use the arrow in the top left corner to return to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|600x600px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221056.jpg|600x600px]]<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221359.jpg|right|603x603px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Fill in the fields "'''Server IP'''", "'''Port'''", and "'''Server access password'''" ('''1, 2, 3''').<br />
<br />
You can find the required data in the monitoring platform you use.<br />
<br />
For example, when working with Wialon, you need to select the "'''Wialon IPS'''" option in the object settings. The platform will provide its own '''IP''' and '''port'''. These need to be entered in the sensor configuration.<br />
<br />
The server access password must be the same in both the Sensor settings and the object settings on the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Select the data transfer connection type - '''TCP''' or '''UDP''' ('''4'''); '''the choice depends on the requirements of your monitoring platform.'''<br />
<br />
Enter the "'''Unique device ID'''" if required by your platform ('''5''').<br />
<br />
To save any changes to the settings, click '''Apply''' ('''6''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner is for returning to the previous menu ('''7''').<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''Data Transmission to Server''' =<br />
<br />
<br />
To configure the data transmission frequency to the server, tap the "'''GPS/GSM Settings'''" button, then go to the "'''Message Transmission Settings'''" section ('''1'''). The arrow in the top left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 204256.jpg|617x617px]][[File:Screenshot 20250619 221857.jpg|617x617px]]<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250619 221732.jpg|right|666x666px]]<br />
Specify the "'''Transmission Period'''" in seconds ('''1''').<br />
<br />
This is the standard data transmission interval during movement. For example, if you set it to 60 seconds, the Sensor will send data to the server every 60 seconds while in motion, regardless of whether one or more of the following events occur:<br />
<br />
* Sudden acceleration (calculated by coordinates);<br />
* Sharp turn (calculated by coordinates);<br />
* Ignition turning on (by voltage in the onboard network);<br />
<br />
The "'''Minimum Transmission Period'''" field ('''2'''). For example, if you set it to 10 seconds: in this case the sensor won't send data more frequently than once every 10 seconds, even if the above events occur more often than once every 10 seconds.<br />
<br />
"'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" ('''3''') - this is the value by which the message transmission interval will increase if the Sensor detects a stop (according to its accelerometer readings).<br />
<br />
For example, with a "'''Transmission Period'''" of 60 seconds and a "'''Transmission Period Multiplier'''" of 5, during parking (with ignition off) data will be transmitted once every 60×5=300 seconds, i.e. once every 5 minutes.<br />
<br />
"'''Turn Angle Threshold'''" ('''4''') - a threshold value in degrees, upon exceeding which the Sensor registers a sharp turn based on its accelerometer readings.<br />
<br />
"'''Speed Threshold'''" ('''5''') - a threshold value of speed calculated by the Sensor based on coordinate changes; if the speed changes abruptly by the specified value, the Sensor registers the event and generates an out-of-sequence message (but no more frequently than once per the minimum transmission period (2)).<br />
<br />
After making changes to the settings, click Apply ('''6''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top left corner - to return to the previous menu ('''7''').<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= General Parameters Transmitted by the Sensor =<br />
<br />
<br />
'''msg_num''' - sequential record number since startup;<br />
<br />
'''SNR''' - signal-to-noise ratio for GPS;<br />
<br />
'''pwr''' - power supply voltage;<br />
<br />
'''temp''' - temperature;<br />
<br />
'''angle''' - tilt angle relative to horizontal;<br />
<br />
'''fl''' - fuel level;<br />
<br />
'''fp''' - fuel level counter (CNT);<br />
<br />
'''flX''' - (fl0...fl7) - slave devices' fuel levels;<br />
<br />
'''ftX''' - (ft0...ft7) - slave devices' temperatures;<br />
<br />
'''fpX''' - (fp0...fp7) - slave devices' fuel level counters (CNT);<br />
<br />
'''move''' - whether in motion;<br />
<br />
'''engine''' - whether engine is running.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
= [[File:Callibration_GIF.gif]] =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>CNT. What happens when you calibrate a sensor?</big>''' ==<br />
After you have cut or extended the sensor tubes, you should calibrate it, that is, set the new '''Full''' and '''Empty''' calibration values. You can do this from the '''Settings''' menu on the sensor's main screen.<br />
<br />
[[File:SettingsPageAndroid.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
The sensor's raw data - current level or CNT - changes according to how much fuel is inside its tubes. <br />
<br />
Then, CNT is compared with the values Empty and Full.<br />
<br />
If the '''tubes are empty''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Empty (2)'''”, level 1 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="750"><br />
File:SettingPageScreen.png|alt=<br />
File:DataLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>If the '''tubes are full''' and “'''CNT (1) ≈ calibration value Full (2)'''”, level 1023 or 4095 '''(3)''' will be displayed.<br />
<br />
Difference Between CNT and Calibration Values ("'''Empty'''" or "'''Full'''")<gallery mode="nolines" widths="400" heights="749"><br />
File:SettingsFullCNT.png|alt=<br />
File:DataFullLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
Thus, '''CNT''' should increase as the sensor tubes fill with fuel. It should change from a value close to the '''Empty''' calibration value to the '''Full''' calibration value.<br />
<br />
[[File:TankEmptyFull.png|frameless|512x512px]]<blockquote><big>During sensor calibration, the current CNT is stored as a Full calibration value (if you pressed the '''Full''' button) or as an Empty calibration value (if you pressed the '''Empty''' button). Calibration values '''may''' differ from the current CNT after recording. A difference of ±1000 values is acceptable.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How and why to calibrate sensors?</big>''' ==<br />
Initially, the sensor is calibrated to its original length. '''After you have cut or extended the tubes, you should recalibrate it.''' Set the new CNT values that the sensor has when its tubes are empty or filled with fuel. <br />
<br />
Therefore you should:<br />
<br />
* Insert the plastic centralizer provided into the tubes<br />
<br />
[[File:Centralizer.png]] [[File:Centralizer-Centrator.png|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
* Fill the tubes with fuel by covering the drain holes with electrical tape and turning the sensor upside down or immersing the sensor in fuel so that the fuel reaches the flange of the sensor (the drain holes are open). The first method is preferable<gallery widths="350" heights="300" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Closing_the_drain_holes,_rotating_the_sensor,_and_filling_the_tubes_with_fuel.png|'''Closing the drain holes, rotating the sensor, and filling the tubes with fuel'''<br />
File:Filling_the_tubes_by_immersing_the_sensor_in_fuel_(drain_holes_open).png|'''Filling the tubes by immersing the sensor in fuel (drain holes open)'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Switch the "Calibration without fuel" slider to the inactive position '''(1)''' and press the '''Full''' button '''(2)''' after the level becomes Stable or the third digit from the end stops changing (for at least 2 minutes) '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:CalibrationWithFuel.png|alt=|'''Disable the option "Calibrate without fuel"'''<br />
File:SettingsWithFuelFullStab.png|'''Click "Full" after the level has stabilized'''<br />
</gallery><br />
* Then, drain the fuel from the tubes, wait 2-3 minutes, allowing the fuel to completely drain and the level to stabilize, and press '''"Empty"'''<br />
<br />
[[File:Unblocking_drain_holes.png|none|thumb|660x660px|'''<big>Unblocking drain holes</big>''']]<br />
[[File:SetEmpty.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration without fuel</big>''' ==<br />
An alternative calibration method is calibration without fuel. <br />
<br />
In this case, make sure that the sensor tubes are empty and there is no fuel in them, but the centralizer must be inserted into the tubes. Leave the '''"Calibrate without fuel"''' switch '''(1)''' active (green) and press '''"Calibrate" (2)''' . The values above the Empty and Full buttons will change automatically.<gallery widths="300" heights="600" mode="nolines"><br />
File:Calibration_without_fuel.png|alt=|'''Calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT_before_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values BEFORE calibration without fuel'''<br />
File:CNT_after_calibration.jpg|alt=|'''Calibration values after calibration without fuel'''<br />
</gallery>If you calibrate the sensor without fuel, the operating range may change slightly.<br />
<br />
There are two measuring ranges:<br />
<br />
* From 1 to 1023<br />
* From 1 to 4095<br />
<br />
Sensor does not sends level 0. If there is no fuel, level 1 is level sent.<br />
<br />
'''The sensor itself does not know what fuel will be used, so when calibrating without fuel the "Empty" value is set based on the current (CNT), the "Full" value is set by a formula and, depending on the length of the tubes and the final fuel used, the range may change .'''<br />
<br />
'''For example, when the tank is full, the sensor will show 3843 instead of 4095, or it is possible that when the tank is 98% full, the sensor will already display the value 4095.'''<br />
<br />
'''If possible, we recommend calibration with fuel. If tank calibration is not planned or is impossible, then calibration with fuel is a mandatory procedure.'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>When and how to choose a range - 1023 or 4095?</big>''' ==<br />
The '''measuring range 1...1023''' is generally recommended for sensors '''shorter than 500 mm'''. The '''measurement range 1...4095''' is recommended in other cases.<br />
<br />
To change the range, open the Settings menu and select one of two options from the '''"Maximum Level"''' drop-down menu '''(1)'''. After this, click on the '''“Set parameters” button (2)'''.<gallery widths="350" heights="650" mode="nolines"><br />
File:SelectMaxLevel.png|alt=<br />
File:SetLevel.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>How to check if the calibration is correct?</big>''' ==<br />
The Empty calibration value must be at least 1.4 (after rounding) less than the Full calibration value.<br />
[[File:CorrectCalibration.png|none|thumb|667x667px|'''Correctly calibrated sensor''']]<br />
<br />
= '''Calibration of engine hours function''' =<br />
After installing '''TD-Online''' in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply.<br />
<br />
Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Wait for '''3-5 minutes''', then press the "'''Calibrate'''" button in the "'''Engine On'''" section ('''1''').<br />
<br />
Then, turn off the engine. Wait for 3-5 minutes and press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Engine Off'''" section ('''2''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''3''').<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|666x666px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224240.jpg|666x666px]]<br />
<br />
= '''Accelerometer Calibration''' =<br />
After installing TD-Online in the tank, connect it to the vehicle's onboard power supply. Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface.<br />
<br />
Start the engine and bring it to operating condition. In the app, open the "'''Additional Settings'''" menu. Press "'''Calibrate'''" in the "'''Zero Angle Calibration'''" section ('''1''').<br />
<br />
The arrow in the top-left corner returns you to the previous menu ('''2''').<br />
<br />
[[File:Screenshot 20250620 224123.jpg|663x663px]][[File:Screenshot 20250620 224329.jpg|663x663px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Preparing the Tank and Sensor</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the Tank</big>''' ==<br />
To prepare the tank you should:<br />
<br />
* Empty the tank, clean and dry if necessary<br />
* '''Remove fuel vapors and air from the tank''' (especially for a gasoline tank, but in the case of a diesel engine, this procedure should not be neglected, since gasoline could be added to the diesel); to do this, you can heat water to boiling point and direct the resulting steam into the tank or use carbon dioxide so that it displaces fuel vapors and air; ensure that any open flame sources are sufficiently far away from the fuel tank[[File:Removing_fuel_vapors.png|frameless|496x496px]]<br />
* '''Find the geometric center of the tank and drill a hole''' in it using a '''ø3mm''' drill bit. Then, using a piece of stiff wire, examine the tank for the presence of partitions in it[[File:Choosing_a_location_for_installing_the_FLS.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Choosing a location for installing the FLS</big>''']][[File:Little_hole_drilling.png|none|thumb|511x511px|'''<big>Drilling the tank and subsequent examination of the tank for the presence of partitions</big>''']]<br />
* If the space inside the tank in the selected location is free, '''drill a ø 35 mm hole''' using a bimetallic bit; When drilling, keep the bit tilted slightly to prevent the cut section from falling into the tank. Use a magnet to catch chips and prevent them from getting into the tank.[[File:Angled_drilling.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Drilling a hole at an angle</big>''']][[File:Removing_metal_part.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Removing a drilled disc</big>''']]<br />
* If it is impossible to install the sensor in the geometric center of the tank, try choosing another location as close as possible to the geometric center of the tank; this point should coincide with the place where the height of the tank is maximum. This way you reduce the risk and amplitude of level fluctuations associated with fuel movement while driving.<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Why should the sensor be mounted in the geometric center of the tank?</big>''' ===<br />
'''The highest point must be chosen so that the sensor can measure the level of all the fuel inside the tank without any blind spots.'''<br />
<br />
The fuel level readings from a sensor installed in the center of the tank will be least affected by movement and fuel overflow in the tank.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank, consider installing two sensors diagonally at two corners. When fuel flows to one side of the tank, the level on the corresponding sensor will rise, and on the opposite side, the level will correspondingly decrease, while the average level will remain unchanged.<br />
<br />
[https://youtu.be/T0Pd6TOpuc8?si=xgub1mpjcEYOaHPp Video example of the importance of installing the sensor at the geometric center of the tank.]<br />
[[File:Sensor_position_and_fuel_flow.png|none|thumb|512x512px|'''<big>Sensor position and fuel flow</big>''']]<br />
<blockquote>'''Attention:''' Before starting the calibration, the vehicle/fuel tank must be positioned flat in relation to the horizon, i.e. on a level surface without a slope.</blockquote>If the tank has an irregular geometric shape, the sensor must be installed at the maximum depth of the tank, closer to the geometric center.<br />
[[File:The_sensor_is_installed_in_the_highest_place_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|648x648px|'''<big>The sensor is installed in the highest place of the tank</big>''']]<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank.png|frameless|784x784px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_tank_I.png|frameless|752x752px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>When installation in the center is impossible - two or more FLS.</big>''' ====<br />
To increase accuracy and reduce level fluctuations, install two sensors in one tank. This solution is mainly used in tanks with a capacity of more than 600 liters and having a length of 1500 mm. Sensors must not be installed close to the walls of the tank.<br />
<br />
Also, two or more sensors should be installed if it is not possible to install the sensor in the center of the tank and (or) the tank has an elongated shape, i.e. The length of the tank is significantly greater than its height.<br />
[[File:Two_sensors_installed_diagonally.png|none|thumb|654x654px|'''<big>Two sensors installed diagonally</big>''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Note.''' Installing a single sensor in an elongated tank will allow you to detect drains and refills. But increased level fluctuations while driving may not allow the monitoring platform to correctly read fuel consumption. Therefore, installing two sensors is preferable.<br />
<br />
== '''<big><u>Installation locations in tanks of complex shapes</u></big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Saddle-Style Fuel Tanks</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, it is desirable to install two fuel level sensors in the deepest places along the geometric center of the depressions.<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_top_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Saddle_shape_side_view.png|frameless|749x749px]]<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Cylindrical tank</big>''' ===<br />
In this case, the sensor must be installed in the geometric center of the tank.<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_top_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Long cylindrical tank</big>''' ====<br />
In the case of elongated cylindrical tanks, to improve readings while driving, it is necessary to install two sensors at an equal distance from the geometric center of the tank. <br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Cylindrical_tank_long_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Ladder shape tank</big>''' ====<br />
If there is a difference in height in the tank and there is no common bed, it may be necessary to install two fuel level sensors.<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank.png|frameless|782x782px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank_inside_view.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
===== '''<big>Ladder shape tank's tank calibration</big>''' =====<br />
When calibrating, it is necessary to create two tables, one for "'''FLS 1'''" and the second for "'''FLS 2'''"<br />
<br />
Let's assume that the calibration step is 10 liters.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of calibration, when the fuel is in the "'''Red Zone'''", the level changes will only occur on "'''FLS 2'''", so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 2'''".<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Yellow Zone'''" changes will occur on both "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''", during this period we record changes in both tables with half a step, that is, we also fill in 10 liters, but we record 5 liters in the table of each sensor.<br />
<br />
When the fuel is in the "'''Green Zone'''" the changes will only occur on "'''FLS 1'''" so we directly add calibration steps of 10 liters to the table for "'''FLS 1'''".<br />
<br />
On the platform "'''FLS 1'''" and "'''FLS 2'''" are started as separate sensors with their own tables and then a third virtual sensor is created with the sum of liters for two sensors, an example of starting two FLS on the platform is shown [https://docs.google.com/document/d/14p9GYmY0D1Wjz0ZfJXO-soVfxRBP7EiY7TgibD6vmZQ/edit?usp=sharing in this instruction.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Ladder_2_tank_calibration.png|frameless|750x750px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Preparing the sensor</big>''' ==<br />
<br />
=== '''<big>Preparing the sensor tubes</big>''' ===<br />
Before calibrating the sensor, you should '''determine the future length''' of the measuring tubes in accordance with the height of the tank and '''cut or extend them'''. The length of the tubes should be calculated according to the following formula:<br />
<br />
'''L = H - 15 mm,'''<br />
<br />
where L - tubes length after changing the length<br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
H - height of the tank at the installation point.<blockquote><big>'''ATTENTION!!!''' '''The minimum length''' of the tubes should not be less than '''15 cm (150 mm)'''. Otherwise, it will most likely not be possible to obtain adequate graphics. The maximum length of the tubes can reach '''6m.'''</big></blockquote><br />
[[File:Measuring_height_of_the_tank.png|none|thumb|938x938px|'''Measuring height of the tank''']]<br />
[[File:Measuring_tubes_length.png|none|thumb|942x942px|'''Measuring the length of tubes''']]<br />
Use a hacksaw to cut the tubes. When sawing, be careful not to damage the connection of the tubes to the circuit board inside the sensor head and to prevent metal shavings from falling into the tubes.<br />
[[File:Cutting_the_tubes.gif|none|thumb|600x600px|'''Cutting the tubes''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Avoid getting shavings inside the tubes - this may lead to a short circuit in the sensor; if this happens, blow the tubes with compressed air through the drainage holes under the sensor flange.''' Sand the edges of the tubes with sandpaper to remove any burrs or irregularities.<br />
<br />
To extend sensor tubing, use a collet extension and an additional tube.<br />
[[File:Collet_connection.png|none|thumb|875x875px|'''Collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
Inner nuts (yellow elements) are used to connect the inner tubes. Once they are installed and the studs are screwed into them, the tubes do not have to touch each other, but try to get them as close to each other as possible..<br />
[[File:Internal_connection_of_the_collet_connection.png|none|thumb|748x748px|'''Internal connection of the collet connection''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
The outer coupling and the corresponding nuts must be securely tightened. '''The outer tubes should touch each other.'''<br />
[[File:Collet_connection_installed.png|none|thumb|752x752px|'''Collet connection installed''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b_WtOHzKtDM Watch this video on our YouTube channel to see the real-time connection.]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the former design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Former_design_dimensions.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Connection dimensions of the TD-Online of the current design</big>''' ==<br />
[[File:Current_design_dimensions.png|frameless|778x778px]]<br />
<br />
[[File:TD-BLE_dimensions,_current_design_.png]]<br />
<br />
= '''How to connect''' =<br />
[[File:Imagecac.png]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Tank calibration</big>''' =<br />
Once the length sensor has been adjusted to the height of the tank and the sensor has been calibrated, you need to install it in the tank.<br />
<br />
Install the sensor into the tank of the installed tube in the previously drilled hole ø 30-35 mm. Make sure '''the gasket is installed''' between the sensor and the tank. After this, screw the screws from the installation kit into the previously drilled ø 3mm holes.<gallery widths="700" heights="400"><br />
File:Installing_the_sensor_inside_the_tank.png|'''<big>Installing the sensor inside the tank</big>'''<br />
File:Screwing_the_self-tapping_screws.png|'''<big>Screwing the self-tapping screws</big>'''<br />
</gallery>Proceed to tank calibration. This procedure will result in a "level-liters" (or "level-gallons") table that will allow your monitoring platform to convert the level values that the sensor provides into liters/gallons that are displayed in the monitoring platform reports. You can save the table to the sensor's memory so that the sensor immediately outputs volume values in liters/gallons. You do not need to enter a calibration table on the monitoring platform. The internal memory of the TD BLE sensor can hold up to 50 lines of the calibration table. The capacity of the table on the monitoring platform is usually larger.<blockquote>In addition, it is easier to change the table or correct errors in the calibration table when it is downloaded to the platform than if the table is stored in the sensor's memory</blockquote>In order to create such a table, you need to fill the tank by step by step adding fuel to the tank batch by batch and recording level-liter(/gallon) value pairs after each batch using the tank calibration menu in the application.<br />
<br />
Suppose you need to calibrate a 100 L tank in ten 10 L portions.<br />
<br />
To do this, you should connect the sensor, press the '''"Tank calibration"''' '''(2)''' button . But before that, in the '''"Settings" (3)''' menu , make sure that the filtering level is selected '''0 (4)'''. Filtration slows down the level calculation and can increase the tank calibration time.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="600"><br />
File:Settings_Tank_calibration.png|alt=<br />
File:Tank_calibration_filtration.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>Then, you can click '''Start''' to create a new table, or click Resume to select an existing table from your smartphone memory and continue working with it. If you click Resume, you will need to locate the table file on your Android device that you created/downloaded earlier. Select another folder using the '''Main Menu button (1)''' or using the drop-down menu '''(2)'''. Select the table and click on it '''(3)'''<gallery mode="nolines" widths="300" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_page.jpg|'''Start or Continue tank calibration'''<br />
File:Folder_search.png|'''Selecting the tank calibration table file for continuing tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>If you click Start, you will also need to select the folder in which the table will be saved '''(2)''' and click the button to select it '''(3)'''<br />
[[File:Start_tank_calibration_folder.png|none|thumb|Selecting a folder and creating new calibration files]]<br />
Select the calibration type Manual '''(2).'''<br />
<br />
Mathematical calibration '''(1)''' is [[TD-BLE#Mathematical calibration|shown in this article.]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Selecting_type_of_tank_calibration_.png]]<br />
<br />
Then, you can select the '''Fill''' or '''Drain''' method '''(1, 2)'''. The '''Fill''' method is recommended as it is more accurate.<br />
<br />
If you select the Drain method, you cannot be sure what exact amount of fuel is in the tank and whether the tank is full or not<br />
<br />
Next, give the table file a name '''(3)''' and set the serving size '''(4)'''.<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' Serving volume is not the number of servings! This is the number of liters/gallons in each serving! In the example below, the tank supposedly contains 100 liters and this volume can be divided into 10 portions of 10 liters. If the volume of the tank was 300L and it needed to be packaged into 10 servings, the serving size would be 30 L.<br />
<br />
After this, press Continue '''(5)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="600"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_filling.png|'''Selection of tank calibration method, table name, portion size'''<br />
File:Tank_calibration_draining.png|'''Selection of drain tank calibration method, selection of fuel volume in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>After this, you will have a table in which the first line will have 0 liters and level 1. '''The Calibration''' mode will also be activated (available in firmware 1.3.3 and later). This means that the sensor starts measuring the level every 5 seconds instead of the usual 10 seconds. It will operate in this mode for the next 30 minutes.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_first_line.jpg|'''First tank calibration line. 0 liters-gallons and level 1'''<br />
File:Tank_calibration_mode_notification.png|'''Tank calibration mode timer'''<br />
</gallery>If the timer ends before you finish calibrating the tank, you can restart it by saving the table '''(1, 2)''', and then, returning to the previous menu '''(3)''', click Continue and select the table file. This way you will restart the timer and can continue calibrating the tank in the accelerated level measurement mode. Once you select your file, you will be asked to confirm your previously selected method and serving size.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Saving_the_calibration_table_and_exiting_calibration.png|'''Saving the calibration table and exiting calibration'''<br />
File:Resuming_tank_calibration.jpg|'''Resuming tank calibration'''<br />
</gallery>The table is saved automatically after you click the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
Next, you should add the first portion of fuel to the tank. Once the level changes '''(3)''' and is displayed as Stable '''(4)''', press the + button '''(1)'''.<br />
<br />
In this example, level '''(3)''' does not change because during the work on this manual we did not have fuel to carry out a real calibration of the tank. In your case, the level should change (if the fuel touches the tubes) and be '''Stable''' before you press the '''+''' button.<br />
<br />
The following line '''(2)''' will appear. The value in the Fuel column will increase according to the Step size '''(5)''' you specified when you created the table or when you last modified it '''(3)'''.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding the first portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery>You can also change any line by pressing and holding it for some time, after which a dialog box will appear. This way you can correct possible errors.<br />
[[File:Editing_a_tank_calibration_line.jpg|none|thumb|415x415px|'''Editing a tank calibration line''']]<br />
<br />
<br />
If you press a line and hold it and swipe left, it will be deleted.<br />
<br />
[[File:Tank_calibration_GIF.gif]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then, add the next portion of fuel to the tank. Wait for the level to change and stabilize, then press the + button '''(1)'''. Continue this until the tank is full.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_a_second_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''Adding a second portion to the tank'''<br />
File:Adding_a_tank_calibration_line.png|'''Adding a tank calibration line'''<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if it is not possible to completely empty the tank?</big>''' ==<br />
If you cannot completely empty the tank, you should somehow calculate the amount of fuel that is in the tank. After this, you can manually edit the table so that it looks like the example below. Or simply edit the table file before you upload it to the monitoring platform.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that there are already 10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed, so when you place the sensor in the tank, it will immediately begin to show the level of 115, instead of 1.<gallery widths="400" heights="700"><br />
File:Adding_the_first_portion_to_the_tank.png|'''10 liters of fuel in the tank that cannot be removed'''<br />
File:Calibration_table_with_10_liters_already_in_the_tank.jpg|'''Calibration table with 10 liters already in the tank'''<br />
</gallery>Next, you can add the next portion to the tank. The level value should change. If the level does not change, check the drain holes. They may be blocked by duct tape that you may have used while calibrating the sensor or by pieces of caulk.<br />
<br />
If this happens, the air trapped inside the tubes prevents the fuel from rising.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Calibration of tanks with complex shape</big>''' ==<br />
'''If the tank has various curves''' or other features, you should '''reduce the size of the portions and increase the number of portions''' as the fuel rises to the area with the bend or other shape feature. Once the difficult part has been completed, you can return to your original portion size.<br />
<br />
Let's imagine that you are calibrating a tank in 10-liter portions. The level rises to areas with complex shapes.<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Tank_calibration_complex_shape.png|alt=<br />
File:Changing_portion_size.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>You reduce the portion size from 10 liters to 5. And continue to add fuel portions until the difficult section is completed.<br />
<br />
[[File:Complex_shaped_tank_next_step.png|frameless|357x357px]]<br />
<br />
Once the fuel level is above the problem area, you can return to the original portion size of 10 liters.<br />
<br />
Once the tank is full, you should have a calibration chart that looks similar to the one shown below.<gallery widths="400" heights="500"><br />
File:Tank_is_full.png|alt=<br />
File:Full_table.png|alt=<br />
</gallery><br />
<br />
== '''<big>What to do if the tank cannot be filled completely?</big>''' ==<br />
If in your case the level does not reach the maximum range value of 1023 or 4095 due to the fact that the tank cannot be filled completely, do not worry. If your table ends up like the following example, even though the range selected is 1 - 1023, this is acceptable<br />
[[File:Tank_calibration_table_in_.csv_format.png|none|thumb|'''Tank calibration table in .csv format''']]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many portions should I add?</big>''' ==<br />
The total number of portions depends on the capacity of the tank. Below is a table with guidelines.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
| colspan="3" |Recommended number and portion size for calibrating the tank<br />
|-<br />
|Tank volume<br />
|Number of portions<br />
|Volume of each portion<br />
(Tank Volume / Number of portions)<br />
|-<br />
|0-60<br />
|10-20<br />
|3-4<br />
|-<br />
|61-100<br />
|12-20<br />
|5<br />
|-<br />
|101-500<br />
|10-50<br />
|10<br />
|-<br />
|501-1000<br />
|20-50<br />
|20<br />
|-<br />
|Over a 1000<br />
| colspan="2" |As per your capabilities. The rule of thumb is that the larger the portions and smaller the volume, the more accurate the data will be<br />
|}<br />
<blockquote><big>The '''rule of thumb''': more portions means more accurate reports on the monitoring platform.</big></blockquote><br />
<br />
= '''<big>Filtration</big>''' =<br />
<br />
After the calibration table is completed, select the filtration level '''(2)''' in the '''Settings''' menu '''(1)''' and click Set parameters (3).<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="750"><br />
File:Settings_Filtration.png|alt=<br />
File:Filtration_Selection.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>The following are recommendations for selecting a filter level depending on the type of vehicle:<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|'''<big>0-1</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Stationary objects or tanks</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>2-4</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Vehicles traveling on smooth paved roads</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>5-7</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Agricultural machinery</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''<big>8-10</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>Heavy quarry machinery</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
These are general recommendations<br />
<br />
Basic rules:<br />
<br />
* The shorter the sensor (<30cm), the higher the filtration should be set<br />
* The closer the sensor is to one of the tank walls, the higher the filtration must be<br />
* The more rough the road, the higher the filtration should be<br />
<br />
Filtration reduces fuel level fluctuations that are caused by fuel splashing while driving.<br />
[[File:Filtration_effect.png|none|thumb|795x795px|'''<big>Before and after enabling filtering on the sensor</big>''']]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Tank mounting'''</big> ==<br />
The most common mounting method is self-tapping screws with a sealing washer. It is also possible to install on threaded crimp nuts, welded bushings and other structural elements. The sensor can be mounted on pre-prepared places using screws and bolts with strength class not less than 4.8. It is necessary to ensure tightness of the connection between the sensor body and the tank. For additional protection it is allowed to use automotive oil and gasoline resistant sealant. <br />
<br />
For plastic tanks rivets and bolts can be used.<br />
<br />
== <big>'''How hard to screw in self-tapping screws'''</big> ==<br />
[[File:How_to_hard_to_tighten_the_screws.png|frameless|512x512px]]<br />
<br />
== <big>'''Saving a calibration table to the sensor memory'''</big> ==<br />
If the calibration table is ready, you can '''save it to the sensor's memory so that the sensor will output volume values''' in liters/gallons.<br />
<br />
To activate this function, go to the '''Additional settings''' menu and press '''Conversion to liters''' .<blockquote>This function is not recommended for use if your platform supports the use of a billing table, because to edit the table on the sensor you will need to travel to the sensor, while the table on the platform can be edited remotely at any time.</blockquote>After that you can activate the conversion to liters or gallons and enter the conversion table manually or by uploading a ready table file.<br />
<br />
'''''If the table file is not selected - move it to another folder and try again, it is also desirable that the file name contains only digits'''''<br />
<br />
Activate '''Conversion to liters(1''').<br />
<br />
To create the table manually, select Level'''(2''') or Liters'''(3''') - in this case it can be any volume unit, enter the value'''(4''') and click on the arrow'''(5'''). Then, click on the three dots icon'''(6''') and then click Save to sensor ('''7''').<gallery mode="nolines" widths="350" heights="550"><br />
File:Recalculate_page.png|alt=<br />
File:Recalculate_page_settings.png|alt=<br />
</gallery>In order to import a table from the .csv file that you created earlier when calibrating the tank, click on the three dots icon (1), and then click Import from file (2). After that, find the desired file on your smartphone and click on it.<br />
<br />
Save the imported table to the sensor (3)<br />
<br />
[[File:Recalculate_page_settings_2.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Common problems and solutions</big>''' =<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level does not change</big>''' ==<br />
First of all, check if the '''conversion to liters has not been enabled'''. <br />
<br />
If you did this without saving the table to the sensor’s memory, the sensor will not be able to display either the level or volume in liters.<gallery widths="350" heights="600"><br />
File:Recalculate_disabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is disabled'''<br />
File:Recalculate_enabled.png|'''Recalculate in litres is enabled'''<br />
</gallery>Another possible reason could be that the sensor has not been properly calibrated and its CNT is below the Empty calibration value. In this case, recalibrate the sensor.<br />
<br />
Also, if you calibrated the sensor with fuel, it is possible that the sensor drain holes have remained closed and air trapped inside is preventing fuel from rising through the tubes.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 7000</big>''' ==<br />
Level 7000 is an error code Short circuit. This indicates that there is dirt, water, chips or other impurities in the tubes. All of these can be highly conductive, while the sensor is designed to work with dielectrics such as fuel.<br />
<br />
[[File:Level_7000.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
You should clean the sensor tubes - preferably by blowing them through the drain holes with compressed air.<br />
<br />
If this error occurred after the start of operation of the sensor, it means that most likely these impurities got into the sensor tubes from the tank and in this case it is also necessary to flush the tank. <br />
<br />
== '''<big>Level 6500</big>''' ==<br />
This code may indicate that the tubes have lost contact. This error code may be generated immediately after cutting the tubes. In this case, simply calibrate the sensor.<br />
[[File:Level_6500.png|none|thumb|'''<big>Level 6500 and CNT below 10000</big>''']]<br />
If this does not help, check the CNT. If the CNT is below 10,000, it is very likely that the tubes are not in contact with the sensor board.<br />
<br />
Take a photo of the sensor head (the sensor serial number should be visible), its tubes (the correspondence or discrepancy of the tubes length should be clearly visible), take a screenshot of the main screen of the sensor and the Settings menu page in the application and send these data to tech support.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-online-sim/Datasheet%20TD-online.pdf?v=160719173609 Technical data sheet of the device]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdonline Download materials]</big>'''</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=ECargosens&diff=1514ECargosens2025-08-30T16:29:36Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:eCargosens| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:eCargoSens| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:Image2.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design: central unit, measurement unit</big>''']]<br />
The load monitoring system '''eCargosens''' (hereinafter - '''“System”''') for vehicles with air suspension is designed to monitor the load of every axis of the vehicle’s chassis based on the measurement of the air pressure in the air suspension’s system.<br />
<br />
The '''eCargosens''' system consists of one eCargosens '''DS central unit''' (hereinafter - “'''central unit'''”) and several measurement units or '''eCargosens Air''' sensors (hereinafter - '''“Sensor”''' or '''“Sensors”'''). The number of Sensors installed on the vehicle depends on the '''number of axes''' the vehicle has<br />
<br />
The Sensors measure the air pressure and - subsequently - the weight (load). The '''central unit''' perfoms the function of receiving data from '''sensors''' via the '''BLE 5.0 LR''' channel (data transfer protocol - '''Escort BLE eCargosens''') and their further transmission to a tracker device (for example, a '''GPS/GLONASS''' navigation terminal) via '''RS-485''' interface (data transfer protocol - '''LLS''').<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (central unit) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (sensor) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Operating and data transmission principles</big>''' =<br />
The Sensors must be connected to the air suspension system of the vehicle. They measure the air pressure in the air suspension and calculate the weight that is distributed onto a particular axis based on a calibration table that must be created and saved in their memory.<br />
[[File:Imag1.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]<br />
<br />
The Sensor(s) transmit their parameters to the central unit via '''Bluetooth 5.0''' in accordance with the '''Escort BLE eCargosens''' data communication protocol.<br />
<br />
The Sensors transmit their data packages '''every 2 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
The air pressure is measured '''every 30 seconds''' but the measurement are filtered ('''median filtration''' 5) and then processed by a '''special algorithm'''.<br />
<br />
The central unit then retransmits the data received from the Sensor(s) to a GPS tracker/gateway via the '''RS-485''' interface in accordance with the '''LLS''' communication protocol.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters transmitted by the Sensor(s):</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa''';<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V''';<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters retransmitted by the central unit:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory); as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- '''RSSI''' as calculated by the central unit for every Sensor in particular;<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Note for developers</big>''' ====<br />
The central unit retransmits the parameters as per the LLS protocol in response to the request for level and temperature (because the LLS protocol was initially designed for the transmission of fuel level sensor) <br />
<br />
31$XX$06$CRC-8 Maxim (XX stands for the network address from 00 to FF in HEX (0…255 in DEC));<br />
<br />
The data output is transmitted as 3E$XX$06$TT$LVLV$CRC-8 Maxim, where<br />
<br />
XX -network address, <br />
<br />
TT - temperature parameter (1 byte, HEX value), <br />
<br />
LVLV - level value (2 bytes, little endian);<br />
<br />
Thus, one network address is used to transmit one pair of parameters sent by the Sensor(s) and retransmitted by the central unit.<br />
<br />
The Pressure readings is transmitted after it is divided by 100. F.e. the Pressure reading is 700345 Pa but the value transmitted via the RS-485 interface will be 7003.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Table 1. Parameter table<br />
!Pair of parameters (as indicated in the RS-485 settings of the central unit)<br />
!Temperature parameter<br />
!Level parameter<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 1.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 2.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 3.png]]<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 4.png]]<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 5.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Vbat<br />
|}<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' The tracker/gateway you plan to connect the central unit to must have the RS-485 interface, the LLS protocol and support as many network addresses as you need for the transmission of all relevant Sensor’s parameters.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Installation and configuration</big>''' =<br />
'''<big>Before installing the sensor you need to:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- Inspect the air suspension system;<br />
<br />
- Measure the diameter of the tubes that connect the air springs of the air suspension and buy the fittings to be able to connect the Sensors’ tubes to the air suspension’s tubes;<br />
<br />
The standard diameter of the Sensor’s tubes is ⌀ '''10mm'''.<br />
<br />
The Sensor’s connecting to the air spring is shown on the figures below:<br />
[[File:123.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
[[File:Imagesad.png|center|frameless|674x674px]]<br />
[[File:Imagezxc.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagege.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagedasd2.png|center|frameless|764x764px]]<br />
Before installing the sensor be sure to write down their serial numbers and MAC addresses and what axis every Sensors is to be installed at:<br />
[[File:Imagefdsfe.png|center|frameless|536x536px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Pairing Sensors with central unit</big>''' ==<br />
Once the sensors are installed, you need to pair them with the '''central unit''' and configure them.<br />
<br />
To connect the central unit and configure it via the app, connect its '''red (PWR)''' and '''black (GND)''' wires to a power supply.<br />
<br />
Run the '''app''' (available in '''AppStore''' and '''Play Market'''), ensure that the '''geolocation''' service of your smartphone is On and the app has the '''permission to access''' it. Enable the '''Bluetooth'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>Android eCargosens:</big>''' [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.weightcontrol.config&hl=en download here.]<br />
<br />
'''<big>IOS eCargosens:</big>''' [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/ecargosens/id1578223350?l=en-GB download here.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagevvfd.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the language should it be necessary and press Start. Then tap on the central unit you need.<br />
[[File:Imageczxc.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Scroll down and tap '''Sensor settings'''. Enter the integrator’s password '''(666666 by default)'''<br />
[[File:Imagebdftr.png|center|frameless|641x641px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Tap on the '''+''' button. Enter the user password '''(000000 by default)'''. Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imagedasdc.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor. You can add as many sensors as you need (up to '''10''' sensors to one central unit) .<br />
[[File:Image21папв.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To disconnect the sensor, press and hold it until the '''Disconnect''' button appears then '''press it''' and delete the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imageпап3.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
'''To calibrate''' the Sensor, you need '''to weigh the axis''' it is installed at when the vehicle’s semi trailer or trailer is '''empty''' and when it is '''loaded''' at around '''30-40%''' of '''max load'''. The load must be placed in a '''fashion''' that would ensure that the weight is distributed between the axes '''more or less equally'''.<br />
<br />
You will need '''vehicle scales'''. Put them on an '''even''' surface. Make sure that once the axis is placed on the scales it remains on the '''same level''' as the '''other axes'''.<br />
<br />
Then write down the Pressure value and the weight value. You need '''two pairs of Pressure''' - Weight values to '''save''' them in every Sensor’s memory.<br />
[[File:Imageваппк.png|center|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that, open the app, connect the central unit, open '''Sensor settings''' menu and select the sensor you need to calibrate. <br />
<br />
<br />
When you connect the Sensor for the '''1st time''', you will be required to '''set up a password'''. From there on every time you connect the sensor the app will require you to enter the previously set password.<br />
[[File:Image6535g.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Once the sensor’s menu is open, you can see its current readings. Tap on the '''Calibrate''' button to open the '''calibration menu'''.<br />
[[File:Imagedsaf31.png|center|frameless|646x646px]]<br />
<br />
Next, press the '''+''' button. Then enter the Pressure reading (from the screen with the Sensor’s data) and Weight reading (from the scales) and tap '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
To edit the table, '''press and hold''' one of its lines then either add one more line, change the selected one or delete it.<br />
<br />
After the table is finished tap on the '''Save button'''. Repeat the procedure of weighing and setting the table for every sensor. <br />
<br />
You can add more than '''2 lines''' should you have the possibility to weigh every axis while the load in the semi trailer is different but '''2 lines''' will do in most cases. The max number of lines - '''20'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegt42g.png|center|frameless|643x643px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485 settings</big>''' ==<br />
To enable the transmission of the data the central unit receives from the Sensors paired with it via Bluetooth to a GPS tracker/gateway by means of the '''RS-485''' interface, connect the central unit and open the '''RS-485''' settings menu. Select one of the paired Sensors there.<br />
[[File:Imagevzxccw.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and enable it. After that select the network address that will be used for the transmission of that pair from the central unit to the GPS tracker/gateway.<br />
[[File:Imagegvdfg43.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<big>ATTENTION! Ensure that every pair of parameters in every Sensor’s menu is assigned a unique network address. If you have several other wired sensors connected to the same GPS tracker/gateway via the RS-485 interface, remember that they also already occupy one or several network addresses so you need to avoid assigning the central unit any of those network address.</big>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
For example, if there’s a wired FLS that had been assigned the network '''address 1''', the address 1 '''cannot be''' assigned to the '''central unit'''. <br />
<br />
Note that the app could be reading “'''All network addresses are free'''” but the app cannot check if there any other wired sensors connected to your tracker/gateway. It only checks what network addresses had been assigned to every paired Sensor in the central unit’s configuration.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data view</big>''' ==<br />
You, your customer or the truck’s driver can access the '''current readings''' transmitted by the Sensors '''via the app'''.<br />
<br />
Connect the '''central unit'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegrgt4353.png|center|frameless|656x656px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then tap '''View data'''. On the next screen the app will show the readings of all Sensors paired with the central unit.<br />
[[File:Imagevver5.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION! When selecting the spot at which to install the central unit, be sure to check if the average RSSI of every sensor as measured within 2-3 minutes is within the -35 dBm to -100 dBm range. If it is not, try moving the central unit closer to the sensors to minimize the risks of connection losses in future!'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many sensors are required?</big>''' ==<br />
The general recommendation is to install '''as many as sensors as many axes the vehicle has'''. In other words: '''1 axis = 1 sensor'''.<br />
<br />
It is possible that in some cases, '''one sensor''' could be used to monitor the load on several axes provided that the air springs that support those axes are united into '''one suspension circuit'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The following are a few examples of possible installation of several sensors:</big>'''<br />
[[File:Imagedsd13.png|center|frameless|594x594px]]<br />
A and B are possible slots where the '''2 sensors''' would have to be installed to monitor the load of '''every axis'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageg546345.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that '''only one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A or B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageп243м2.png|center|frameless|610x610px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that only '''one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A''' or '''B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Image1241а13.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
In this case either '''6 or 3 sensors''' could be installed ('''1''' or '''2''' per axis) to monitor the axle load.<br />
<br />
It is still possible that the load distributed between the two out of three axes could be '''more or less equal''' and therefore '''1 or 2 sensors''' could be enough.<br />
<br />
However, if '''one of the axes is a liftable one''', installing one sensor on it is '''obligatory'''.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle</big>''' ==<br />
To calculate a '''total weight of a semi-trailer truck''' it’s necessary to weigh both the '''steering and the rear axis of a truck''' ('''dump truck''') without a '''semi-trailer''' (if '''dump truck''', without a '''cargo'''). If there are several front and\or rear axles, it’s necessary to '''weigh each'''.<br />
<br />
Next, in the Sensor configuration menu, press '''+''' the button and select the '''Add the head axle''' option.<br />
[[File:Imagewewqe21.png|center|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that a virtual sensor for a steering axle will be created and it will have a '''MAC FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1'''<br />
[[File:Image42341.png|center|frameless|530x530px]]<br />
In the settings fill the '''Number of rear axle №1''' with a sensor’s number, that is installed on a '''rear axle'''. A sensor’s number is determined by its position from '''1st to 10th''' in the list.<br />
<br />
'''Enter''' the weight of a '''rear axle''' without a semi-trailer in '''Load of rear axle №'''<br />
<br />
<br />
In case there are '''several rear axles''', '''add another one''' by pressing the button then enter the number of a sensor installed on it and also its weight '''without a semi-trailer'''. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, press the '''+ button'''.<br />
[[File:Image231d1.png|center|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the following aspects:<br />
<br />
1) a '''weight of a truck''' (calculated by adding up the weight of all its axles without a semi-trailer) or the weight of a dump truck<br />
<br />
<br />
2) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and the rear axle center<br />
<br />
<br />
3) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and a trailing arm (or a gravity center of a dumper). The value '''should not be more''' than a distance between the front axle center and the rear axle center or totally equal to it.<br />
<br />
<br />
4) a '''distance''' between the front steering axles (in case they are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter the '''minimum value of 51 cm'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
5) select the '''2 rear axles mode''', if there are '''two steering axles'''<br />
<br />
<br />
6) press the '''Save''' button<br />
[[File:Imageв12в121.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''WARNING! The central unit computes a weight of a steering axle and a total weight of a semi-trailer truck, only if the calibration tables are saved in the sensors’ memory!!!'''<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION! To successfully use the "2 rear axles" mode, a second virtual steering axle with the same settings as the first must be added to the central unit. Both virtual sensors must have the "two rear axles" mode selected.'''<br />
<br />
To '''delete''' a virtual sensor of a steering axle, hold its button until the '''Disconnect''' option appears.<br />
[[File:Image45м45.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To view the '''steering axle readings''' from a peripheral device (e.g a GPS tracker) via the '''RS-485 interface''', go to the '''RS-485 configuration''' section to select a '''virtual sensor of a steering axle'''. Enable the '''Weight, RSSI''' parameter and set a certain network address for it.<br />
[[File:Image21312с1.png|center|frameless|615x615px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To '''connect''' a central unit to an '''I5 indicator''' in order to view the sum of all the sensors, including the virtual sensor of a steering axle, '''configure''' the i5 so it’s able to '''read or request''' the network addresses that are set for the certain sensors in the central unit. In the I5’s '''Display settings''' select the '''TD total level''' option.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Central unit wiring</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Imageввыфв231.png|center|frameless|770x770px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Axle Load Sensor eCargosens Air]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Central Unit eCargosens DS]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/%D0%98%D0%BD%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D1%83%D0%BA%D1%86%D0%B8%D1%8F%20%D0%BF%D0%BE%20%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%88%D0%B8%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B5%20%D0%BA%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%B8%D0%BD%D0%BD%D0%BE%D0%B3%D0%BE%20%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%BA%D0%B0.pdf?v=100823120404 Firmware update instruction (Central unit)]</big><br />
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=geUR2ShlTIE Installation example (Video)]</big></div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Imagev4f4f4v.png&diff=1512File:Imagev4f4f4v.png2025-07-17T07:26:19Z<p>VLADISLAV: VLADISLAV uploaded a new version of File:Imagev4f4f4v.png</p>
<hr />
<div>44f4f</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:BA-BLE_wires.png&diff=1511File:BA-BLE wires.png2025-07-17T07:20:36Z<p>VLADISLAV: VLADISLAV uploaded a new version of File:BA-BLE wires.png</p>
<hr />
<div>BA-BLE wires</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=ECargosens&diff=1432ECargosens2025-05-23T09:20:54Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Note for developers */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:eCargosens| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:eCargoSens| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:Image2.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design: central unit, measurement unit</big>''']]<br />
The load monitoring system '''eCargosens''' (hereinafter - '''“System”''') for vehicles with air suspension is designed to monitor the load of every axis of the vehicle’s chassis based on the measurement of the air pressure in the air suspension’s system.<br />
<br />
The '''eCargosens''' system consists of one eCargosens '''DS central unit''' (hereinafter - “'''central unit'''”) and several measurement units or '''eCargosens Air''' sensors (hereinafter - '''“Sensor”''' or '''“Sensors”'''). The number of Sensors installed on the vehicle depends on the '''number of axes''' the vehicle has<br />
<br />
The Sensors measure the air pressure and - subsequently - the weight (load). The '''central unit''' perfoms the function of receiving data from '''sensors''' via the '''BLE 5.0 LR''' channel (data transfer protocol - '''Escort BLE eCargosens''') and their further transmission to a tracker device (for example, a '''GPS/GLONASS''' navigation terminal) via '''RS-485''' interface (data transfer protocol - '''LLS''').<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (central unit) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (sensor) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Operating and data transmission principles</big>''' =<br />
The Sensors must be connected to the air suspension system of the vehicle. They measure the air pressure in the air suspension and calculate the weight that is distributed onto a particular axis based on a calibration table that must be created and saved in their memory.<br />
[[File:Imag1.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]<br />
<br />
The Sensor(s) transmit their parameters to the central unit via '''Bluetooth 5.0''' in accordance with the '''Escort BLE eCargosens''' data communication protocol.<br />
<br />
The Sensors transmit their data packages '''every 2 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
The air pressure is measured '''every 30 seconds''' but the measurement are filtered ('''median filtration''' 5) and then processed by a '''special algorithm'''.<br />
<br />
The central unit then retransmits the data received from the Sensor(s) to a GPS tracker/gateway via the '''RS-485''' interface in accordance with the '''LLS''' communication protocol.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters transmitted by the Sensor(s):</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa''';<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V''';<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters retransmitted by the central unit:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory); as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- '''RSSI''' as calculated by the central unit for every Sensor in particular;<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Note for developers</big>''' ====<br />
The central unit retransmits the parameters as per the LLS protocol in response to the request for level and temperature (because the LLS protocol was initially designed for the transmission of fuel level sensor) <br />
<br />
31$XX$06$CRC-8 Maxim (XX stands for the network address from 00 to FF in HEX (0…255 in DEC));<br />
<br />
The data output is transmitted as 3E$XX$06$TT$LVLV$CRC-8 Maxim, where<br />
<br />
XX -network address, <br />
<br />
TT - temperature parameter (1 byte, HEX value), <br />
<br />
LVLV - level value (2 bytes, little endian);<br />
<br />
Thus, one network address is used to transmit one pair of parameters sent by the Sensor(s) and retransmitted by the central unit.<br />
<br />
The Pressure readings is transmitted after it is divided by 100. F.e. the Pressure reading is 700345 Pa but the value transmitted via the RS-485 interface will be 7003.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Table 1. Parameter table<br />
!Pair of parameters (as indicated in the RS-485 settings of the central unit)<br />
!Temperature parameter<br />
!Level parameter<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 1.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 2.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 3.png]]<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 4.png]]<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Note for devs 5.png]]<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Vbat<br />
|}<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' The tracker/gateway you plan to connect the central unit to must have the RS-485 interface, the LLS protocol and support as many network addresses as you need for the transmission of all relevant Sensor’s parameters.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Installation and configuration</big>''' =<br />
'''<big>Before installing the sensor you need to:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- Inspect the air suspension system;<br />
<br />
- Measure the diameter of the tubes that connect the air springs of the air suspension and buy the fittings to be able to connect the Sensors’ tubes to the air suspension’s tubes;<br />
<br />
The standard diameter of the Sensor’s tubes is ⌀ '''10mm'''.<br />
<br />
The Sensor’s connecting to the air spring is shown on the figures below:<br />
[[File:123.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
[[File:Imagesad.png|center|frameless|674x674px]]<br />
[[File:Imagezxc.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagege.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagedasd2.png|center|frameless|764x764px]]<br />
Before installing the sensor be sure to write down their serial numbers and MAC addresses and what axis every Sensors is to be installed at:<br />
[[File:Imagefdsfe.png|center|frameless|536x536px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Pairing Sensors with central unit</big>''' ==<br />
Once the sensors are installed, you need to pair them with the '''central unit''' and configure them.<br />
<br />
To connect the central unit and configure it via the app, connect its '''red (PWR)''' and '''black (GND)''' wires to a power supply.<br />
<br />
Run the '''app''' (available in '''AppStore''' and '''Play Market'''), ensure that the '''geolocation''' service of your smartphone is On and the app has the '''permission to access''' it. Enable the '''Bluetooth'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>Android eCargosens:</big>''' [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.weightcontrol.config&hl=en download here.]<br />
<br />
'''<big>IOS eCargosens:</big>''' [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/ecargosens/id1578223350?l=en-GB download here.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagevvfd.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the language should it be necessary and press Start. Then tap on the central unit you need.<br />
[[File:Imageczxc.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Scroll down and tap '''Sensor settings'''. Enter the integrator’s password '''(666666 by default)'''<br />
[[File:Imagebdftr.png|center|frameless|641x641px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Tap on the '''+''' button. Enter the user password '''(000000 by default)'''. Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imagedasdc.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor. You can add as many sensors as you need (up to '''10''' sensors to one central unit) .<br />
[[File:Image21папв.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To disconnect the sensor, press and hold it until the '''Disconnect''' button appears then '''press it''' and delete the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imageпап3.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
'''To calibrate''' the Sensor, you need '''to weigh the axis''' it is installed at when the vehicle’s semi trailer or trailer is '''empty''' and when it is '''loaded''' at around '''30-40%''' of '''max load'''. The load must be placed in a '''fashion''' that would ensure that the weight is distributed between the axes '''more or less equally'''.<br />
<br />
You will need '''vehicle scales'''. Put them on an '''even''' surface. Make sure that once the axis is placed on the scales it remains on the '''same level''' as the '''other axes'''.<br />
<br />
Then write down the Pressure value and the weight value. You need '''two pairs of Pressure''' - Weight values to '''save''' them in every Sensor’s memory.<br />
[[File:Imageваппк.png|center|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that, open the app, connect the central unit, open '''Sensor settings''' menu and select the sensor you need to calibrate. <br />
<br />
<br />
When you connect the Sensor for the '''1st time''', you will be required to '''set up a password'''. From there on every time you connect the sensor the app will require you to enter the previously set password.<br />
[[File:Image6535g.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Once the sensor’s menu is open, you can see its current readings. Tap on the '''Calibrate''' button to open the '''calibration menu'''.<br />
[[File:Imagedsaf31.png|center|frameless|646x646px]]<br />
<br />
Next, press the '''+''' button. Then enter the Pressure reading (from the screen with the Sensor’s data) and Weight reading (from the scales) and tap '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
To edit the table, '''press and hold''' one of its lines then either add one more line, change the selected one or delete it.<br />
<br />
After the table is finished tap on the '''Save button'''. Repeat the procedure of weighing and setting the table for every sensor. <br />
<br />
You can add more than '''2 lines''' should you have the possibility to weigh every axis while the load in the semi trailer is different but '''2 lines''' will do in most cases. The max number of lines - '''20'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegt42g.png|center|frameless|643x643px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485 settings</big>''' ==<br />
To enable the transmission of the data the central unit receives from the Sensors paired with it via Bluetooth to a GPS tracker/gateway by means of the '''RS-485''' interface, connect the central unit and open the '''RS-485''' settings menu. Select one of the paired Sensors there.<br />
[[File:Imagevzxccw.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and enable it. After that select the network address that will be used for the transmission of that pair from the central unit to the GPS tracker/gateway.<br />
[[File:Imagegvdfg43.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<big>ATTENTION! Ensure that every pair of parameters in every Sensor’s menu is assigned a unique network address. If you have several other wired sensors connected to the same GPS tracker/gateway via the RS-485 interface, remember that they also already occupy one or several network addresses so you need to avoid assigning the central unit any of those network address.</big>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
For example, if there’s a wired FLS that had been assigned the network '''address 1''', the address 1 '''cannot be''' assigned to the '''central unit'''. <br />
<br />
Note that the app could be reading “'''All network addresses are free'''” but the app cannot check if there any other wired sensors connected to your tracker/gateway. It only checks what network addresses had been assigned to every paired Sensor in the central unit’s configuration.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data view</big>''' ==<br />
You, your customer or the truck’s driver can access the '''current readings''' transmitted by the Sensors '''via the app'''.<br />
<br />
Connect the '''central unit'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegrgt4353.png|center|frameless|656x656px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then tap '''View data'''. On the next screen the app will show the readings of all Sensors paired with the central unit.<br />
[[File:Imagevver5.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION! When selecting the spot at which to install the central unit, be sure to check if the average RSSI of every sensor as measured within 2-3 minutes is within the -35 dBm to -100 dBm range. If it is not, try moving the central unit closer to the sensors to minimize the risks of connection losses in future!'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many sensors are required?</big>''' ==<br />
The general recommendation is to install '''as many as sensors as many axes the vehicle has'''. In other words: '''1 axis = 1 sensor'''.<br />
<br />
It is possible that in some cases, '''one sensor''' could be used to monitor the load on several axes provided that the air springs that support those axes are united into '''one suspension circuit'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The following are a few examples of possible installation of several sensors:</big>'''<br />
[[File:Imagedsd13.png|center|frameless|594x594px]]<br />
A and B are possible slots where the '''2 sensors''' would have to be installed to monitor the load of '''every axis'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageg546345.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that '''only one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A or B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageп243м2.png|center|frameless|610x610px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that only '''one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A''' or '''B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Image1241а13.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
In this case either '''6 or 3 sensors''' could be installed ('''1''' or '''2''' per axis) to monitor the axle load.<br />
<br />
It is still possible that the load distributed between the two out of three axes could be '''more or less equal''' and therefore '''1 or 2 sensors''' could be enough.<br />
<br />
However, if '''one of the axes is a liftable one''', installing one sensor on it is '''obligatory'''.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle</big>''' ==<br />
To calculate a '''total weight of a semi-trailer truck''' it’s necessary to weigh both the '''steering and the rear axis of a truck''' ('''dump truck''') without a '''semi-trailer''' (if '''dump truck''', without a '''cargo'''). If there are several front and\or rear axles, it’s necessary to '''weigh each'''.<br />
<br />
Next, in the Sensor configuration menu, press '''+''' the button and select the '''Add the head axle''' option.<br />
[[File:Imagewewqe21.png|center|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that a virtual sensor for a steering axle will be created and it will have a '''MAC FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1'''<br />
[[File:Image42341.png|center|frameless|530x530px]]<br />
In the settings fill the '''Number of rear axle №1''' with a sensor’s number, that is installed on a '''rear axle'''. A sensor’s number is determined by its position from '''1st to 10th''' in the list.<br />
<br />
'''Enter''' the weight of a '''rear axle''' without a semi-trailer in '''Load of rear axle №'''<br />
<br />
<br />
In case there are '''several rear axles''', '''add another one''' by pressing the button then enter the number of a sensor installed on it and also its weight '''without a semi-trailer'''. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, press the '''+ button'''.<br />
[[File:Image231d1.png|center|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the following aspects:<br />
<br />
1) a '''weight of a truck''' (calculated by adding up the weight of all its axles without a semi-trailer) or the weight of a dump truck<br />
<br />
<br />
2) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and the rear axle center<br />
<br />
<br />
3) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and a trailing arm (or a gravity center of a dumper). The value '''should not be more''' than a distance between the front axle center and the rear axle center or totally equal to it.<br />
<br />
<br />
4) a '''distance''' between the front steering axles (in case they are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter the '''minimum value of 51 cm'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
5) select the '''2 rear axles mode''', if there are '''two steering axles'''<br />
<br />
<br />
6) press the '''Save''' button<br />
[[File:Imageв12в121.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''WARNING! The central unit computes a weight of a steering axle and a total weight of a semi-trailer truck, only if the calibration tables are saved in the sensors’ memory!!!'''<br />
<br />
To '''delete''' a virtual sensor of a steering axle, hold its button until the '''Disconnect''' option appears.<br />
[[File:Image45м45.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To view the '''steering axle readings''' from a peripheral device (e.g a GPS tracker) via the '''RS-485 interface''', go to the '''RS-485 configuration''' section to select a '''virtual sensor of a steering axle'''. Enable the '''Weight, RSSI''' parameter and set a certain network address for it.<br />
[[File:Image21312с1.png|center|frameless|615x615px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To '''connect''' a central unit to an '''I5 indicator''' in order to view the sum of all the sensors, including the virtual sensor of a steering axle, '''configure''' the i5 so it’s able to '''read or request''' the network addresses that are set for the certain sensors in the central unit. In the I5’s '''Display settings''' select the '''TD total level''' option.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Central unit wiring</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Imageввыфв231.png|center|frameless|770x770px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Axle Load Sensor eCargosens Air]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Central Unit eCargosens DS]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/%D0%98%D0%BD%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D1%83%D0%BA%D1%86%D0%B8%D1%8F%20%D0%BF%D0%BE%20%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%88%D0%B8%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B5%20%D0%BA%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%B8%D0%BD%D0%BD%D0%BE%D0%B3%D0%BE%20%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%BA%D0%B0.pdf?v=100823120404 Firmware update instruction (Central unit)]</big><br />
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=geUR2ShlTIE Installation example (Video)]</big></div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Note_for_devs_5.png&diff=1431File:Note for devs 5.png2025-05-23T09:20:35Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Note for devs 5</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Note_for_devs_4.png&diff=1430File:Note for devs 4.png2025-05-23T09:19:56Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Note for devs 4</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Note_for_devs_3.png&diff=1429File:Note for devs 3.png2025-05-23T09:18:55Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Note for devs 3</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Note_for_devs_2.png&diff=1428File:Note for devs 2.png2025-05-23T09:18:03Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Note for devs 2</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Note_for_devs_1.png&diff=1427File:Note for devs 1.png2025-05-23T09:15:42Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>Note for devs 1</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=ECargosens&diff=1426ECargosens2025-05-23T09:12:22Z<p>VLADISLAV: /* Note for developers: */</p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:eCargosens| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:eCargoSens| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:Image2.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design: central unit, measurement unit</big>''']]<br />
The load monitoring system '''eCargosens''' (hereinafter - '''“System”''') for vehicles with air suspension is designed to monitor the load of every axis of the vehicle’s chassis based on the measurement of the air pressure in the air suspension’s system.<br />
<br />
The '''eCargosens''' system consists of one eCargosens '''DS central unit''' (hereinafter - “'''central unit'''”) and several measurement units or '''eCargosens Air''' sensors (hereinafter - '''“Sensor”''' or '''“Sensors”'''). The number of Sensors installed on the vehicle depends on the '''number of axes''' the vehicle has<br />
<br />
The Sensors measure the air pressure and - subsequently - the weight (load). The '''central unit''' perfoms the function of receiving data from '''sensors''' via the '''BLE 5.0 LR''' channel (data transfer protocol - '''Escort BLE eCargosens''') and their further transmission to a tracker device (for example, a '''GPS/GLONASS''' navigation terminal) via '''RS-485''' interface (data transfer protocol - '''LLS''').<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (central unit) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (sensor) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Operating and data transmission principles</big>''' =<br />
The Sensors must be connected to the air suspension system of the vehicle. They measure the air pressure in the air suspension and calculate the weight that is distributed onto a particular axis based on a calibration table that must be created and saved in their memory.<br />
[[File:Imag1.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]<br />
<br />
The Sensor(s) transmit their parameters to the central unit via '''Bluetooth 5.0''' in accordance with the '''Escort BLE eCargosens''' data communication protocol.<br />
<br />
The Sensors transmit their data packages '''every 2 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
The air pressure is measured '''every 30 seconds''' but the measurement are filtered ('''median filtration''' 5) and then processed by a '''special algorithm'''.<br />
<br />
The central unit then retransmits the data received from the Sensor(s) to a GPS tracker/gateway via the '''RS-485''' interface in accordance with the '''LLS''' communication protocol.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters transmitted by the Sensor(s):</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa''';<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V''';<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters retransmitted by the central unit:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory); as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- '''RSSI''' as calculated by the central unit for every Sensor in particular;<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Note for developers</big>''' ====<br />
The central unit retransmits the parameters as per the LLS protocol in response to the request for level and temperature (because the LLS protocol was initially designed for the transmission of fuel level sensor) <br />
<br />
31$XX$06$CRC-8 Maxim (XX stands for the network address from 00 to FF in HEX (0…255 in DEC));<br />
<br />
The data output is transmitted as 3E$XX$06$TT$LVLV$CRC-8 Maxim, where<br />
<br />
XX -network address, <br />
<br />
TT - temperature parameter (1 byte, HEX value), <br />
<br />
LVLV - level value (2 bytes, little endian);<br />
<br />
Thus, one network address is used to transmit one pair of parameters sent by the Sensor(s) and retransmitted by the central unit.<br />
<br />
The Pressure readings is transmitted after it is divided by 100. F.e. the Pressure reading is 700345 Pa but the value transmitted via the RS-485 interface will be 7003.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Table 1. Parameter table<br />
!Pair of parameters (as indicated in the RS-485 settings of the central unit)<br />
!Temperature parameter<br />
!Level parameter<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Vbat<br />
|}<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' The tracker/gateway you plan to connect the central unit to must have the RS-485 interface, the LLS protocol and support as many network addresses as you need for the transmission of all relevant Sensor’s parameters.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Installation and configuration</big>''' =<br />
'''<big>Before installing the sensor you need to:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- Inspect the air suspension system;<br />
<br />
- Measure the diameter of the tubes that connect the air springs of the air suspension and buy the fittings to be able to connect the Sensors’ tubes to the air suspension’s tubes;<br />
<br />
The standard diameter of the Sensor’s tubes is ⌀ '''10mm'''.<br />
<br />
The Sensor’s connecting to the air spring is shown on the figures below:<br />
[[File:123.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
[[File:Imagesad.png|center|frameless|674x674px]]<br />
[[File:Imagezxc.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagege.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagedasd2.png|center|frameless|764x764px]]<br />
Before installing the sensor be sure to write down their serial numbers and MAC addresses and what axis every Sensors is to be installed at:<br />
[[File:Imagefdsfe.png|center|frameless|536x536px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Pairing Sensors with central unit</big>''' ==<br />
Once the sensors are installed, you need to pair them with the '''central unit''' and configure them.<br />
<br />
To connect the central unit and configure it via the app, connect its '''red (PWR)''' and '''black (GND)''' wires to a power supply.<br />
<br />
Run the '''app''' (available in '''AppStore''' and '''Play Market'''), ensure that the '''geolocation''' service of your smartphone is On and the app has the '''permission to access''' it. Enable the '''Bluetooth'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>Android eCargosens:</big>''' [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.weightcontrol.config&hl=en download here.]<br />
<br />
'''<big>IOS eCargosens:</big>''' [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/ecargosens/id1578223350?l=en-GB download here.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagevvfd.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the language should it be necessary and press Start. Then tap on the central unit you need.<br />
[[File:Imageczxc.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Scroll down and tap '''Sensor settings'''. Enter the integrator’s password '''(666666 by default)'''<br />
[[File:Imagebdftr.png|center|frameless|641x641px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Tap on the '''+''' button. Enter the user password '''(000000 by default)'''. Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imagedasdc.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor. You can add as many sensors as you need (up to '''10''' sensors to one central unit) .<br />
[[File:Image21папв.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To disconnect the sensor, press and hold it until the '''Disconnect''' button appears then '''press it''' and delete the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imageпап3.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
'''To calibrate''' the Sensor, you need '''to weigh the axis''' it is installed at when the vehicle’s semi trailer or trailer is '''empty''' and when it is '''loaded''' at around '''30-40%''' of '''max load'''. The load must be placed in a '''fashion''' that would ensure that the weight is distributed between the axes '''more or less equally'''.<br />
<br />
You will need '''vehicle scales'''. Put them on an '''even''' surface. Make sure that once the axis is placed on the scales it remains on the '''same level''' as the '''other axes'''.<br />
<br />
Then write down the Pressure value and the weight value. You need '''two pairs of Pressure''' - Weight values to '''save''' them in every Sensor’s memory.<br />
[[File:Imageваппк.png|center|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that, open the app, connect the central unit, open '''Sensor settings''' menu and select the sensor you need to calibrate. <br />
<br />
<br />
When you connect the Sensor for the '''1st time''', you will be required to '''set up a password'''. From there on every time you connect the sensor the app will require you to enter the previously set password.<br />
[[File:Image6535g.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Once the sensor’s menu is open, you can see its current readings. Tap on the '''Calibrate''' button to open the '''calibration menu'''.<br />
[[File:Imagedsaf31.png|center|frameless|646x646px]]<br />
<br />
Next, press the '''+''' button. Then enter the Pressure reading (from the screen with the Sensor’s data) and Weight reading (from the scales) and tap '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
To edit the table, '''press and hold''' one of its lines then either add one more line, change the selected one or delete it.<br />
<br />
After the table is finished tap on the '''Save button'''. Repeat the procedure of weighing and setting the table for every sensor. <br />
<br />
You can add more than '''2 lines''' should you have the possibility to weigh every axis while the load in the semi trailer is different but '''2 lines''' will do in most cases. The max number of lines - '''20'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegt42g.png|center|frameless|643x643px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485 settings</big>''' ==<br />
To enable the transmission of the data the central unit receives from the Sensors paired with it via Bluetooth to a GPS tracker/gateway by means of the '''RS-485''' interface, connect the central unit and open the '''RS-485''' settings menu. Select one of the paired Sensors there.<br />
[[File:Imagevzxccw.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and enable it. After that select the network address that will be used for the transmission of that pair from the central unit to the GPS tracker/gateway.<br />
[[File:Imagegvdfg43.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<big>ATTENTION! Ensure that every pair of parameters in every Sensor’s menu is assigned a unique network address. If you have several other wired sensors connected to the same GPS tracker/gateway via the RS-485 interface, remember that they also already occupy one or several network addresses so you need to avoid assigning the central unit any of those network address.</big>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
For example, if there’s a wired FLS that had been assigned the network '''address 1''', the address 1 '''cannot be''' assigned to the '''central unit'''. <br />
<br />
Note that the app could be reading “'''All network addresses are free'''” but the app cannot check if there any other wired sensors connected to your tracker/gateway. It only checks what network addresses had been assigned to every paired Sensor in the central unit’s configuration.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data view</big>''' ==<br />
You, your customer or the truck’s driver can access the '''current readings''' transmitted by the Sensors '''via the app'''.<br />
<br />
Connect the '''central unit'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegrgt4353.png|center|frameless|656x656px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then tap '''View data'''. On the next screen the app will show the readings of all Sensors paired with the central unit.<br />
[[File:Imagevver5.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION! When selecting the spot at which to install the central unit, be sure to check if the average RSSI of every sensor as measured within 2-3 minutes is within the -35 dBm to -100 dBm range. If it is not, try moving the central unit closer to the sensors to minimize the risks of connection losses in future!'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many sensors are required?</big>''' ==<br />
The general recommendation is to install '''as many as sensors as many axes the vehicle has'''. In other words: '''1 axis = 1 sensor'''.<br />
<br />
It is possible that in some cases, '''one sensor''' could be used to monitor the load on several axes provided that the air springs that support those axes are united into '''one suspension circuit'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The following are a few examples of possible installation of several sensors:</big>'''<br />
[[File:Imagedsd13.png|center|frameless|594x594px]]<br />
A and B are possible slots where the '''2 sensors''' would have to be installed to monitor the load of '''every axis'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageg546345.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that '''only one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A or B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageп243м2.png|center|frameless|610x610px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that only '''one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A''' or '''B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Image1241а13.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
In this case either '''6 or 3 sensors''' could be installed ('''1''' or '''2''' per axis) to monitor the axle load.<br />
<br />
It is still possible that the load distributed between the two out of three axes could be '''more or less equal''' and therefore '''1 or 2 sensors''' could be enough.<br />
<br />
However, if '''one of the axes is a liftable one''', installing one sensor on it is '''obligatory'''.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle</big>''' ==<br />
To calculate a '''total weight of a semi-trailer truck''' it’s necessary to weigh both the '''steering and the rear axis of a truck''' ('''dump truck''') without a '''semi-trailer''' (if '''dump truck''', without a '''cargo'''). If there are several front and\or rear axles, it’s necessary to '''weigh each'''.<br />
<br />
Next, in the Sensor configuration menu, press '''+''' the button and select the '''Add the head axle''' option.<br />
[[File:Imagewewqe21.png|center|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that a virtual sensor for a steering axle will be created and it will have a '''MAC FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1'''<br />
[[File:Image42341.png|center|frameless|530x530px]]<br />
In the settings fill the '''Number of rear axle №1''' with a sensor’s number, that is installed on a '''rear axle'''. A sensor’s number is determined by its position from '''1st to 10th''' in the list.<br />
<br />
'''Enter''' the weight of a '''rear axle''' without a semi-trailer in '''Load of rear axle №'''<br />
<br />
<br />
In case there are '''several rear axles''', '''add another one''' by pressing the button then enter the number of a sensor installed on it and also its weight '''without a semi-trailer'''. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, press the '''+ button'''.<br />
[[File:Image231d1.png|center|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the following aspects:<br />
<br />
1) a '''weight of a truck''' (calculated by adding up the weight of all its axles without a semi-trailer) or the weight of a dump truck<br />
<br />
<br />
2) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and the rear axle center<br />
<br />
<br />
3) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and a trailing arm (or a gravity center of a dumper). The value '''should not be more''' than a distance between the front axle center and the rear axle center or totally equal to it.<br />
<br />
<br />
4) a '''distance''' between the front steering axles (in case they are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter the '''minimum value of 51 cm'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
5) select the '''2 rear axles mode''', if there are '''two steering axles'''<br />
<br />
<br />
6) press the '''Save''' button<br />
[[File:Imageв12в121.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''WARNING! The central unit computes a weight of a steering axle and a total weight of a semi-trailer truck, only if the calibration tables are saved in the sensors’ memory!!!'''<br />
<br />
To '''delete''' a virtual sensor of a steering axle, hold its button until the '''Disconnect''' option appears.<br />
[[File:Image45м45.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To view the '''steering axle readings''' from a peripheral device (e.g a GPS tracker) via the '''RS-485 interface''', go to the '''RS-485 configuration''' section to select a '''virtual sensor of a steering axle'''. Enable the '''Weight, RSSI''' parameter and set a certain network address for it.<br />
[[File:Image21312с1.png|center|frameless|615x615px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To '''connect''' a central unit to an '''I5 indicator''' in order to view the sum of all the sensors, including the virtual sensor of a steering axle, '''configure''' the i5 so it’s able to '''read or request''' the network addresses that are set for the certain sensors in the central unit. In the I5’s '''Display settings''' select the '''TD total level''' option.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Central unit wiring</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Imageввыфв231.png|center|frameless|770x770px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Axle Load Sensor eCargosens Air]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Central Unit eCargosens DS]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/%D0%98%D0%BD%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D1%83%D0%BA%D1%86%D0%B8%D1%8F%20%D0%BF%D0%BE%20%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%88%D0%B8%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B5%20%D0%BA%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%B8%D0%BD%D0%BD%D0%BE%D0%B3%D0%BE%20%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%BA%D0%B0.pdf?v=100823120404 Firmware update instruction (Central unit)]</big><br />
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=geUR2ShlTIE Installation example (Video)]</big></div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=ECargosens&diff=1425ECargosens2025-05-23T09:12:03Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:eCargosens| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:eCargoSens| Versión en español]]<br />
[[File:Image2.png|thumb|'''<big>Current design: central unit, measurement unit</big>''']]<br />
The load monitoring system '''eCargosens''' (hereinafter - '''“System”''') for vehicles with air suspension is designed to monitor the load of every axis of the vehicle’s chassis based on the measurement of the air pressure in the air suspension’s system.<br />
<br />
The '''eCargosens''' system consists of one eCargosens '''DS central unit''' (hereinafter - “'''central unit'''”) and several measurement units or '''eCargosens Air''' sensors (hereinafter - '''“Sensor”''' or '''“Sensors”'''). The number of Sensors installed on the vehicle depends on the '''number of axes''' the vehicle has<br />
<br />
The Sensors measure the air pressure and - subsequently - the weight (load). The '''central unit''' perfoms the function of receiving data from '''sensors''' via the '''BLE 5.0 LR''' channel (data transfer protocol - '''Escort BLE eCargosens''') and their further transmission to a tracker device (for example, a '''GPS/GLONASS''' navigation terminal) via '''RS-485''' interface (data transfer protocol - '''LLS''').<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (central unit) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
More detailed technical specifications (sensor) are presented in [https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 the device's data sheet.]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Operating and data transmission principles</big>''' =<br />
The Sensors must be connected to the air suspension system of the vehicle. They measure the air pressure in the air suspension and calculate the weight that is distributed onto a particular axis based on a calibration table that must be created and saved in their memory.<br />
[[File:Imag1.png|center|frameless|754x754px]]<br />
<br />
The Sensor(s) transmit their parameters to the central unit via '''Bluetooth 5.0''' in accordance with the '''Escort BLE eCargosens''' data communication protocol.<br />
<br />
The Sensors transmit their data packages '''every 2 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
The air pressure is measured '''every 30 seconds''' but the measurement are filtered ('''median filtration''' 5) and then processed by a '''special algorithm'''.<br />
<br />
The central unit then retransmits the data received from the Sensor(s) to a GPS tracker/gateway via the '''RS-485''' interface in accordance with the '''LLS''' communication protocol.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters transmitted by the Sensor(s):</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa''';<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V''';<br />
<br />
'''<big>The parameters retransmitted by the central unit:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- '''Weight''' or axle load in '''kg''' (provided that the '''calibration table''' is stored in a Sensor’s memory); as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Air pressure in '''Pa'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- Battery charge in '''V'''; as received from the Sensor(s);<br />
<br />
- '''RSSI''' as calculated by the central unit for every Sensor in particular;<br />
<br />
==== '''<big>Note for developers:</big>''' ====<br />
The central unit retransmits the parameters as per the LLS protocol in response to the request for level and temperature (because the LLS protocol was initially designed for the transmission of fuel level sensor) <br />
<br />
31$XX$06$CRC-8 Maxim (XX stands for the network address from 00 to FF in HEX (0…255 in DEC));<br />
<br />
The data output is transmitted as 3E$XX$06$TT$LVLV$CRC-8 Maxim, where<br />
<br />
XX -network address, <br />
<br />
TT - temperature parameter (1 byte, HEX value), <br />
<br />
LVLV - level value (2 bytes, little endian);<br />
<br />
Thus, one network address is used to transmit one pair of parameters sent by the Sensor(s) and retransmitted by the central unit.<br />
<br />
The Pressure readings is transmitted after it is divided by 100. F.e. the Pressure reading is 700345 Pa but the value transmitted via the RS-485 interface will be 7003.<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Table 1. Parameter table<br />
!Pair of parameters (as indicated in the RS-485 settings of the central unit)<br />
!Temperature parameter<br />
!Level parameter<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Weight<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|Vbat<br />
|Pressure<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
|RSSI<br />
|Vbat<br />
|}<br />
'''ATTENTION!''' The tracker/gateway you plan to connect the central unit to must have the RS-485 interface, the LLS protocol and support as many network addresses as you need for the transmission of all relevant Sensor’s parameters.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Installation and configuration</big>''' =<br />
'''<big>Before installing the sensor you need to:</big>'''<br />
<br />
- Inspect the air suspension system;<br />
<br />
- Measure the diameter of the tubes that connect the air springs of the air suspension and buy the fittings to be able to connect the Sensors’ tubes to the air suspension’s tubes;<br />
<br />
The standard diameter of the Sensor’s tubes is ⌀ '''10mm'''.<br />
<br />
The Sensor’s connecting to the air spring is shown on the figures below:<br />
[[File:123.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
[[File:Imagesad.png|center|frameless|674x674px]]<br />
[[File:Imagezxc.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagege.png|center|frameless|726x726px]]<br />
[[File:Imagedasd2.png|center|frameless|764x764px]]<br />
Before installing the sensor be sure to write down their serial numbers and MAC addresses and what axis every Sensors is to be installed at:<br />
[[File:Imagefdsfe.png|center|frameless|536x536px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Pairing Sensors with central unit</big>''' ==<br />
Once the sensors are installed, you need to pair them with the '''central unit''' and configure them.<br />
<br />
To connect the central unit and configure it via the app, connect its '''red (PWR)''' and '''black (GND)''' wires to a power supply.<br />
<br />
Run the '''app''' (available in '''AppStore''' and '''Play Market'''), ensure that the '''geolocation''' service of your smartphone is On and the app has the '''permission to access''' it. Enable the '''Bluetooth'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>Android eCargosens:</big>''' [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.weightcontrol.config&hl=en download here.]<br />
<br />
'''<big>IOS eCargosens:</big>''' [https://apps.apple.com/ru/app/ecargosens/id1578223350?l=en-GB download here.]<br />
<br />
[[File:Imagevvfd.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the language should it be necessary and press Start. Then tap on the central unit you need.<br />
[[File:Imageczxc.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Scroll down and tap '''Sensor settings'''. Enter the integrator’s password '''(666666 by default)'''<br />
[[File:Imagebdftr.png|center|frameless|641x641px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Tap on the '''+''' button. Enter the user password '''(000000 by default)'''. Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imagedasdc.png|center|frameless|630x630px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the '''MAC''' of the sensor. You can add as many sensors as you need (up to '''10''' sensors to one central unit) .<br />
[[File:Image21папв.png|center|frameless|622x622px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To disconnect the sensor, press and hold it until the '''Disconnect''' button appears then '''press it''' and delete the sensor.<br />
[[File:Imageпап3.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Sensor calibration</big>''' ==<br />
'''To calibrate''' the Sensor, you need '''to weigh the axis''' it is installed at when the vehicle’s semi trailer or trailer is '''empty''' and when it is '''loaded''' at around '''30-40%''' of '''max load'''. The load must be placed in a '''fashion''' that would ensure that the weight is distributed between the axes '''more or less equally'''.<br />
<br />
You will need '''vehicle scales'''. Put them on an '''even''' surface. Make sure that once the axis is placed on the scales it remains on the '''same level''' as the '''other axes'''.<br />
<br />
Then write down the Pressure value and the weight value. You need '''two pairs of Pressure''' - Weight values to '''save''' them in every Sensor’s memory.<br />
[[File:Imageваппк.png|center|frameless|647x647px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that, open the app, connect the central unit, open '''Sensor settings''' menu and select the sensor you need to calibrate. <br />
<br />
<br />
When you connect the Sensor for the '''1st time''', you will be required to '''set up a password'''. From there on every time you connect the sensor the app will require you to enter the previously set password.<br />
[[File:Image6535g.png|center|frameless|631x631px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Once the sensor’s menu is open, you can see its current readings. Tap on the '''Calibrate''' button to open the '''calibration menu'''.<br />
[[File:Imagedsaf31.png|center|frameless|646x646px]]<br />
<br />
Next, press the '''+''' button. Then enter the Pressure reading (from the screen with the Sensor’s data) and Weight reading (from the scales) and tap '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
To edit the table, '''press and hold''' one of its lines then either add one more line, change the selected one or delete it.<br />
<br />
After the table is finished tap on the '''Save button'''. Repeat the procedure of weighing and setting the table for every sensor. <br />
<br />
You can add more than '''2 lines''' should you have the possibility to weigh every axis while the load in the semi trailer is different but '''2 lines''' will do in most cases. The max number of lines - '''20'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegt42g.png|center|frameless|643x643px]]<br />
<br />
== '''<big>RS-485 settings</big>''' ==<br />
To enable the transmission of the data the central unit receives from the Sensors paired with it via Bluetooth to a GPS tracker/gateway by means of the '''RS-485''' interface, connect the central unit and open the '''RS-485''' settings menu. Select one of the paired Sensors there.<br />
[[File:Imagevzxccw.png|center|frameless|648x648px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then select the pair of parameters you need transmitted and enable it. After that select the network address that will be used for the transmission of that pair from the central unit to the GPS tracker/gateway.<br />
[[File:Imagegvdfg43.png|center|frameless|633x633px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<big>ATTENTION! Ensure that every pair of parameters in every Sensor’s menu is assigned a unique network address. If you have several other wired sensors connected to the same GPS tracker/gateway via the RS-485 interface, remember that they also already occupy one or several network addresses so you need to avoid assigning the central unit any of those network address.</big>'''<br />
<br />
<br />
For example, if there’s a wired FLS that had been assigned the network '''address 1''', the address 1 '''cannot be''' assigned to the '''central unit'''. <br />
<br />
Note that the app could be reading “'''All network addresses are free'''” but the app cannot check if there any other wired sensors connected to your tracker/gateway. It only checks what network addresses had been assigned to every paired Sensor in the central unit’s configuration.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Data view</big>''' ==<br />
You, your customer or the truck’s driver can access the '''current readings''' transmitted by the Sensors '''via the app'''.<br />
<br />
Connect the '''central unit'''.<br />
[[File:Imagegrgt4353.png|center|frameless|656x656px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then tap '''View data'''. On the next screen the app will show the readings of all Sensors paired with the central unit.<br />
[[File:Imagevver5.png|center|frameless|659x659px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''ATTENTION! When selecting the spot at which to install the central unit, be sure to check if the average RSSI of every sensor as measured within 2-3 minutes is within the -35 dBm to -100 dBm range. If it is not, try moving the central unit closer to the sensors to minimize the risks of connection losses in future!'''<br />
<br />
== '''<big>How many sensors are required?</big>''' ==<br />
The general recommendation is to install '''as many as sensors as many axes the vehicle has'''. In other words: '''1 axis = 1 sensor'''.<br />
<br />
It is possible that in some cases, '''one sensor''' could be used to monitor the load on several axes provided that the air springs that support those axes are united into '''one suspension circuit'''.<br />
<br />
'''<big>The following are a few examples of possible installation of several sensors:</big>'''<br />
[[File:Imagedsd13.png|center|frameless|594x594px]]<br />
A and B are possible slots where the '''2 sensors''' would have to be installed to monitor the load of '''every axis'''.<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageg546345.png|center|frameless|640x640px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that '''only one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A or B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Imageп243м2.png|center|frameless|610x610px]]<br />
In this case it is possible that only '''one sensor''' could be installed either at point '''A''' or '''B'''.<br />
<br />
However, you would need to be collecting the pressure readings of the sensor and have '''2 virtual sensors''' on your '''monitoring platform''' (the '''calibration tables''' would have to be saved and applied in those virtual sensors).<br />
<br />
[[File:Image1241а13.png|center|frameless|669x669px]]<br />
In this case either '''6 or 3 sensors''' could be installed ('''1''' or '''2''' per axis) to monitor the axle load.<br />
<br />
It is still possible that the load distributed between the two out of three axes could be '''more or less equal''' and therefore '''1 or 2 sensors''' could be enough.<br />
<br />
However, if '''one of the axes is a liftable one''', installing one sensor on it is '''obligatory'''.<br />
<br />
== '''<big>Configuration of virtual sensor for steering (spring) axle</big>''' ==<br />
To calculate a '''total weight of a semi-trailer truck''' it’s necessary to weigh both the '''steering and the rear axis of a truck''' ('''dump truck''') without a '''semi-trailer''' (if '''dump truck''', without a '''cargo'''). If there are several front and\or rear axles, it’s necessary to '''weigh each'''.<br />
<br />
Next, in the Sensor configuration menu, press '''+''' the button and select the '''Add the head axle''' option.<br />
[[File:Imagewewqe21.png|center|frameless|612x612px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
After that a virtual sensor for a steering axle will be created and it will have a '''MAC FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:F1'''<br />
[[File:Image42341.png|center|frameless|530x530px]]<br />
In the settings fill the '''Number of rear axle №1''' with a sensor’s number, that is installed on a '''rear axle'''. A sensor’s number is determined by its position from '''1st to 10th''' in the list.<br />
<br />
'''Enter''' the weight of a '''rear axle''' without a semi-trailer in '''Load of rear axle №'''<br />
<br />
<br />
In case there are '''several rear axles''', '''add another one''' by pressing the button then enter the number of a sensor installed on it and also its weight '''without a semi-trailer'''. To delete an accidentally created rear axle, press the '''+ button'''.<br />
[[File:Image231d1.png|center|frameless|632x632px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Then enter the following aspects:<br />
<br />
1) a '''weight of a truck''' (calculated by adding up the weight of all its axles without a semi-trailer) or the weight of a dump truck<br />
<br />
<br />
2) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and the rear axle center<br />
<br />
<br />
3) a '''distance''' between the front axle center and a trailing arm (or a gravity center of a dumper). The value '''should not be more''' than a distance between the front axle center and the rear axle center or totally equal to it.<br />
<br />
<br />
4) a '''distance''' between the front steering axles (in case they are two); if there is only one steering axle, enter the '''minimum value of 51 cm'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
5) select the '''2 rear axles mode''', if there are '''two steering axles'''<br />
<br />
<br />
6) press the '''Save''' button<br />
[[File:Imageв12в121.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''WARNING! The central unit computes a weight of a steering axle and a total weight of a semi-trailer truck, only if the calibration tables are saved in the sensors’ memory!!!'''<br />
<br />
To '''delete''' a virtual sensor of a steering axle, hold its button until the '''Disconnect''' option appears.<br />
[[File:Image45м45.png|center|frameless]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To view the '''steering axle readings''' from a peripheral device (e.g a GPS tracker) via the '''RS-485 interface''', go to the '''RS-485 configuration''' section to select a '''virtual sensor of a steering axle'''. Enable the '''Weight, RSSI''' parameter and set a certain network address for it.<br />
[[File:Image21312с1.png|center|frameless|615x615px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
To '''connect''' a central unit to an '''I5 indicator''' in order to view the sum of all the sensors, including the virtual sensor of a steering axle, '''configure''' the i5 so it’s able to '''read or request''' the network addresses that are set for the certain sensors in the central unit. In the I5’s '''Display settings''' select the '''TD total level''' option.<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Central unit wiring</big>''' =<br />
[[File:Imageввыфв231.png|center|frameless|770x770px]]<br />
<br />
= '''<big>Useful links</big>''' =<br />
<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Axle%20Load%20Sensor%20eCargosens%20Air.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Axle Load Sensor eCargosens Air]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eng/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/Datasheet%20Escort%20Central%20Unit%20eCargosens%20DS.pdf?v=050623133704 Datasheet Escort Central Unit eCargosens DS]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/download/_ftp/eCargosens-wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/%D0%98%D0%BD%D1%81%D1%82%D1%80%D1%83%D0%BA%D1%86%D0%B8%D1%8F%20%D0%BF%D0%BE%20%D0%BF%D1%80%D0%BE%D1%88%D0%B8%D0%B2%D0%BA%D0%B5%20%D0%BA%D0%B0%D0%B1%D0%B8%D0%BD%D0%BD%D0%BE%D0%B3%D0%BE%20%D0%B1%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%BA%D0%B0.pdf?v=100823120404 Firmware update instruction (Central unit)]</big><br />
* '''<big>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=geUR2ShlTIE Installation example (Video)]</big></div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=File:Imagesadasd2131.png&diff=1423File:Imagesadasd2131.png2025-04-21T15:16:45Z<p>VLADISLAV: VLADISLAV uploaded a new version of File:Imagesadasd2131.png</p>
<hr />
<div>2331</div>VLADISLAVhttps://wikien.escortsensors.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=1422Main Page2025-04-21T14:33:58Z<p>VLADISLAV: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[RU:Заглавная_страница| Русская версия]]<br />
[[es:Página_principal| Versión en español]]<br />
<br />
'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/ Our website]'''<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/news/ '''News'''] <br />
<br />
'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/ Products page]''' <br />
<br />
'''Email: info@fmeter.ru'''<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Tech support contacts<br />
!Email<br />
!'''help@escortsensors.com'''<br />
|-<br />
!<br />
[[File:Telegram.png|frameless| 58x58px]]<br />
<br />
|[https://t.me/resolve?domain=Escort_tech_Bot '''Telegram''']<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:WhatsApp.png|frameless| 59x59px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
|[https://wa.me/79600464665 '''WhatsApp''']<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:VIBER.png|frameless| 57x57px]]<br />
<br />
|[{{fullurl:Special:OutboundClick/{{urlencode:viber://pa?chatURI=example}}|external}} '''Viber''']<br />
|}<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+'''<big>Our sensors</big>'''<br />
|<br />
[[File:TD-BLE.png| frameless|307x307px]]<br />
|'''<big>TD-BLE</big>'''<br />
|[[Special:MyLanguage/TD-BLE|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-urovnya-topliva/eskort-td-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#tdble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:TD-150.png| frameless|300x300px]]<br />
<br />
|'''<big>TD-150</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[TD-150|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-150/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td150 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:TD-500 design current.png|frameless]]<br />
|'''<big>TD-500</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[TD-500|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/Jeskort-td-500/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td500 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:TD-600.png|frameless]]<br />
|'''<big>TD-600</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[TD-600|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/eskort-td-600/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#td600 '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:Current DU-BLE design.png|300x300px]]<br />
<br />
|'''<big>DU-BLE</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[DU-BLE|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/besprovodnoy-datchik-ugla-naklona/eskort-du-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-duble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:BA-BLE 1.png|frameless|300x300px]]<br />
<br />
|'''<big>BA-BLE</big>'''<br />
|[[Special:MyLanguage/BA-BLE|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wired-base/ba-ble-5-0-lr/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wiredbase '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Imageewqe121.png|left|frameless|300x300px]]<br />
<br />
|'''<big>ID-TAG</big>'''<br />
|[[Special:MyLanguage/ID-TAG|'''<big>Manual</big>''']]<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-tag/escort-tag/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#wirelessetag '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:TD-150 BLE.png|frameless]]<br />
|'''TD-150 BLE'''<br />
|'''[[TD-150-BLE|<big>Manual</big>]]<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-topliva/escort-td-150-ble/#active <big>'''Product page'''</big>]<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#TD150BLE '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:DB-2.png|300x300px]]<br />
|'''<big>DB-2</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[DB-2|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
<big>'''[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-urovnja-sypuchih-produktov/jeskort-DB-2/ Product page]'''</big><br />
<br />
'''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/?product=DB2#du180 Download materials]</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
[[File:TH-BLE current design 1.png|frameless]]<br />
<br />
|'''<big>TH-BLE</big>'''<br />
|'''<big>[[TH-BLE|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-temperature-and-humidity-sensor/escort-th-ble/#active '''<big>Product page</big>''']<br />
<br />
[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#THble '''<big>Download materials</big>''']<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Imagesadasd2131.png|300x300px]]<br />
|'''<big>Indicator</big>''' <br />
'''<big>i-5</big>'''<br />
|<br />
* '''<big>[https://wikien.fmeter.ru/index.php/I5 Manual]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#escort-i-5 Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/digital-display/escort-i-5/#active Download materials]</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Image1.png|300x300px]]<br />
|'''<big>eCargosens</big>'''<br />
|<br />
* '''<big>[[eCargosens|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/wireless-axle-load-monitoring-system/ecargosens/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ecargosens Download materials]</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Current_design_of_ALS.jpg|300x300px]]<br />
|'''ALS'''<br />
|<br />
* '''<big>[[ALS|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/water-level-sensor/escort-als/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#ALS Download materials]</big>'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[File:Imagedasd_21_211.png|300x300px]]<br />
|'''<big>DU-180</big>'''<br />
|<br />
* '''<big>[[DU-180|Manual]]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/produktsiya/datchik-ugla-naklona/jeskort-DU-180/#active Product page]</big>'''<br />
* '''<big>[https://www.fmeter.ru/en/download/#du180 Download materials]</big>'''<br />
|}<br />
<br />
[[File:You-Tube.png| frameless]]<br />
[https://www.youtube.com/@escortsensors1697 YouTube channel]</div>VLADISLAV